You are on page 1of 270

UNS-1Ew

Flight Management System

Installation Manual

The information contained herein is subject to Export Administration Regulations (EAR),


15 C.F.R. Parts 730-774. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
This publication is available at www.uasc.com.
2007, 2011 UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

3260 East Universal Way


Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
(520) 295-2300 (800) 321-5253

34-60-49

19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Record of Revisions
Rev. No.

Issue Date

Insertion Date

Initials

27 August 2007

27 August 2007

UASC

1 October 2007

1 October 2007

UASC

19 January 2011

19 January 2011

UASC

Retain this record in front of the manual. Upon receipt of revision, insert and remove pages
according to the List of Effective Pages. Then enter on this page the revision number, issue date,
insertion date and your initials.

34-60-49

Page 1
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Record of Temporary Changes


Change No.

Issue Date

Insertion Date & Initials

Removal Date & Initials

Retain this record in the front of this manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into
manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date and your initials. Also,
record the removal of each temporary change.

34-60-49

Page 1
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Change No.

Issue Date

Insertion Date & Initials

Removal Date & Initials

Retain this record in the front of this manual. Upon receipt of a Temporary Change, insert pages into
manual and enter the Temporary Change number, issue date, insertion date and your initials. Also,
record the removal of each temporary change.

34-60-49

Page 2
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

List of Effective Pages


SUBJECT

PAGE

Title Page

DATE
19 Jan/11

Record of Revisions

19 Jan/11

Record of Temporary
Changes

1
2

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

List of Effective Pages

1
2
3

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

Table of Contents

1
2
3
4
5
6

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

Introduction

1
2

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

Description and
Operation

SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

26
27
28
29
30

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

FAA Approval

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

Equipment
Specifications

201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page 1
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


SUBJECT

Installation And Wiring

PAGE

DATE

210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

SUBJECT

System Data
Installation

PAGE

DATE

319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

401

19 Jan/11

34-60-49

Page 2
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


SUBJECT
Maintenance,
Checkout, and
Troubleshooting

PAGE
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549

DATE
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

SUBJECT

PAGE

DATE

550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581

19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11
19 Jan/11

Navigation Systems

601

19 Jan/11

Fuel Flow Inputs

701

19 Jan/11

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page 3
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Table of Contents
Record of Revisions........................................................................................................ 1
Record of Temporary Revisions ..................................................................................... 1
List of Effective Pages .................................................................................................... 1
Table of Contents............................................................................................................ 1
Introduction..................................................................................................................... 1
Makeup and Use of This Manual ..................................................................................................... 1
Application ................................................................................................................................ 1
Organization .............................................................................................................................. 2
Abbreviations and Terminology ...................................................................................................... 2
Contact Information ......................................................................................................................... 2

Description and Operation .............................................................................................. 1


Description ....................................................................................................................................... 1
General ....................................................................................................................................... 1
System Components .................................................................................................................. 7
System Interfaces ..................................................................................................................... 10
FMS Components .................................................................................................................... 12
FMS Functions......................................................................................................................... 17
Operation ....................................................................................................................................... 24
General ..................................................................................................................................... 24
Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) ................................................................................................ 27
Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU) ................................................................................ 27
EFIS Radar Panel (ERP) .......................................................................................................... 30

FAA Approval ............................................................................................................ 101


General ......................................................................................................................................... 101
Applicable TSOs .................................................................................................................... 101
Applicable Advisory Circulars .............................................................................................. 101
Reference Documents ............................................................................................................ 102
TSO Deviations ..................................................................................................................... 104
Software Criticality ...................................................................................................................... 106
Instructions for Continuous Airworthiness .................................................................................. 106
General Information ............................................................................................................... 106
Airworthiness Limitations ..................................................................................................... 107

CONTENTS

Page 1
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Environmental Qualification Forms ............................................................................................107
UNS-1Ew FMS and Configuration Module ..........................................................................108
4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit (1117-XX) ...............................................................109
4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit (1117-X-XXX)........................................................110
4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit (1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6) ...........................111
5-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit .................................................................................112
LP/LPV Monitor ....................................................................................................................113
Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) ..............................................................................................114
Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU)...............................................................................115
WAAS (SBAS) GPS Antenna (10708)..................................................................................116
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius Antenna (10709) .......................................................................117
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Antenna (10710) ..........................................................................118
Sample Airplane Flight Manual ...................................................................................................119

Equipment Specifications ........................................................................................... 201


Equipment Identification..............................................................................................................201
UNS-1Ew FMS Equipment ...................................................................................................201
Compatible Peripheral Equipment .........................................................................................202
Technical Manuals .................................................................................................................203
UNS-1Ew Part Number Matrix .............................................................................................204
Configuration Module Part Number Matrix ..........................................................................204
5-Inch FPCDU Part Number Matrix ......................................................................................204
4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-XX) Part Number Matrix ............................................................205
4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-X-XXX) Part Number Matrix .....................................................205
Multifunction Control Display Unit (MCDU) Part Number Matrix......................................205
Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) Part Number Matrix .............................................................206
Portable Data Transfer Unit (PDTU-100) Part Number Matrix ............................................206
Solid State Data Transfer Unit Part Number Matrix .............................................................206
Portable Solid State Data Transfer Unit Part Number Matrix ...............................................206
UNS-1Ew Part Number Configuration ..................................................................................207
Power Specifications ....................................................................................................................209
Equipment Specifications ............................................................................................................210
UNS-1Ew ...............................................................................................................................210
LP/LPV Monitor ....................................................................................................................210
5-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................210
4-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................211

CONTENTS

Page 2
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) .............................................................................................. 211
SSDTU................................................................................................................................... 211
Portable SSDTU .................................................................................................................... 212
WAAS (SBAS) GPS Antenna (10708) ................................................................................. 213
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius Antenna (10709) ....................................................................... 214
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Weather and Radio Antenna (10710) .......................................... 215
WAAS FMS Annunciators .................................................................................................... 216
Installation Kits ............................................................................................................................ 218
UNS-1Ew Installation Kit ...................................................................................................... 218
LP/LPV Monitor Installation Kit ........................................................................................... 218
4-Inch and 5-Inch FPCDU Installation Kit ............................................................................ 219
DTU-100 Installation Kit ....................................................................................................... 219
Portable DTU-100 Installation Kit ........................................................................................ 220
SSDTU Installation Kit.......................................................................................................... 220
Portable SSDTU Installation Kit ........................................................................................... 221
GPS Antenna 10708 Installation Kit ..................................................................................... 221
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius (10709) or GPS/XM (10710) Antenna Installation Kit ............ 221
Required Tools............................................................................................................................. 222
Crimping Tools Required ...................................................................................................... 222
Pin Insertion/Extraction Tools Required ............................................................................... 222
Wire and Cable Manufacturers .................................................................................................... 222
Equipment Drawings ................................................................................................................... 223
UNS-1Ew ............................................................................................................................... 223
Configuration Module Installation......................................................................................... 225
LP/LPV Monitor .................................................................................................................... 226
LP/LPV Monitor 2MCU Rack ............................................................................................... 227
5-Inch FPCDU ....................................................................................................................... 228
4-Inch FPCDU ....................................................................................................................... 230
DTU-100 ................................................................................................................................ 234
SSDTU................................................................................................................................... 235
ERP ........................................................................................................................................ 236
GPS Antenna (10708) ............................................................................................................ 237
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius Antenna (10709) ....................................................................... 238
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Antenna (10710) .......................................................................... 239

CONTENTS

Page 3
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Installation and Wiring ............................................................................................... 301


General .........................................................................................................................................301
Form Dimensions and Communications .............................................................................301
Sensor/Equipment Compatibility/Selection ...........................................................................301
Electrical Connectors .............................................................................................................307
Remote Annunciators.............................................................................................................307
FMS Mounting .......................................................................................................................307
GPS (WAAS) Antenna Mounting .........................................................................................307
Solid State Data Transfer Unit ...............................................................................................310
FMS Interfaces .............................................................................................................................312
Analog Inputs .........................................................................................................................312
Discrete Inputs .......................................................................................................................313
Digital Inputs..........................................................................................................................314
Analog Outputs ......................................................................................................................317
Discrete Outputs.....................................................................................................................318
Digital Outputs .......................................................................................................................319
Pin Assignments...........................................................................................................................322
UNS-1Ew Analog (3017-XX-211) .....................................................................................322
UNS-1Ew All Digital (3017-XX-221)................................................................................325
UNS-1Ew ASCB Version A (3017-XX-231) .....................................................................328
5-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................331
4-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................332
LP/LPV Monitor ....................................................................................................................334
DTU-100 ................................................................................................................................335
SSDTU ...................................................................................................................................336
UNS-1Ew Wiring.........................................................................................................................337
UNS-1Ew Configurations ............................................................................................................338
Power and Configuration Module ..........................................................................................338
Dual WAAS FMS Analog Configuration ...........................................................................339
Dual WAAS FMS Digital Configuration ...........................................................................341
Dual WAAS FMS EFI-890R Digital Configuration...........................................................343
LP/LPV Monitor Power Installation ......................................................................................344
Single WAAS FMS to LP/LPV Monitor Analog Configuration ........................................345
Single WAAS FMS to LP/LPV Monitor Digital Configuration.........................................346
5-Inch FPCDU .......................................................................................................................347

CONTENTS

Page 4
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


4-Inch FPCDU ....................................................................................................................... 348
DTU-100 ................................................................................................................................ 349
Portable DTU ......................................................................................................................... 350
SSDTU Installation and DTU-100 Replacement................................................................... 351
Portable SSDTU .................................................................................................................... 352
Portable SSDTU (Portable DTU-100 Retrofit) ..................................................................... 353
Compass, Heading and Fuel Flow Analog Configuration .................................................. 354
Compass, Heading and Fuel Flow Digital Configuration ................................................... 355
Standard AC Pitch Analog Configuration .......................................................................... 356
ARINC Input Ports ................................................................................................................ 357
ARINC Output Ports.............................................................................................................. 358
Discrete Inputs ....................................................................................................................... 359
Discrete Outputs .................................................................................................................... 360
CDSB Ports ............................................................................................................................ 361
ASCB Version A ................................................................................................................... 362
Video...................................................................................................................................... 363

System Data Installation ............................................................................................. 401


Maintenance, Checkout and Troubleshooting ........................................................... 501
Maintenance ................................................................................................................................. 501
Installation Checkout ................................................................................................................... 502
Ground Test Plan ................................................................................................................... 502
Flight Test Plan ...................................................................................................................... 515
Operational Checkout .................................................................................................................. 533
CDU/FMS Self-Test .............................................................................................................. 533
CDU Keyboard Dimming and Display Offset ....................................................................... 537
FMS Configuration Verification ............................................................................................ 537
Static Test .............................................................................................................................. 538
Interface Checkout ....................................................................................................................... 540
HSI Test ................................................................................................................................. 540
Winds Display (EFIS Only) ................................................................................................... 540
DME Interface Test................................................................................................................ 540
VOR Test (without RRS)....................................................................................................... 541
DTU-100 Test ........................................................................................................................ 541
SSDTU Test ........................................................................................................................... 542
Approach Mode Test ............................................................................................................. 543

CONTENTS

Page 5
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Sensors Checkout .........................................................................................................................544
IRS .........................................................................................................................................544
GPIRS ....................................................................................................................................544
LORAN C ..............................................................................................................................545
GPS-1 .....................................................................................................................................545
WAAS1 ..................................................................................................................................545
UASC Radio Reference Sensor .............................................................................................546
Air Data Test ..........................................................................................................................546
Fuel Flow Test .......................................................................................................................546
GPIRS Checkout ....................................................................................................................547
UASC GPS Checkout ............................................................................................................551
GPS/WAAS Checkout .................................................................................................................558
FMS Power On Self-Test Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test.................................558
GPS/WAAS Sensor Evaluation .............................................................................................558
WAAS Flight Plan with LPV Approach ................................................................................559
CDU Display of RNP/ANP....................................................................................................560
GPS/WAAS Dynamic Test ....................................................................................................560
WAAS Antenna Offsets Test .................................................................................................563
Troubleshooting ...........................................................................................................................565
Self-Test .................................................................................................................................566
System Failure Messages .......................................................................................................567
Database Update Error Messages...........................................................................................576
Configuration Verification .....................................................................................................577
FMS Self-Test Output Checkout ...........................................................................................578
FMS Output to HSI Checkout................................................................................................578
DIST/GS Checkout ................................................................................................................578
HSI From Checkout ...............................................................................................................578
DIST/BRG Checkout .............................................................................................................578
Roll Steering Checkout ..........................................................................................................579
Input and Selected Crosstrack Checkout ...............................................................................579
DME Checkout ......................................................................................................................579
Winds Display Checkout .......................................................................................................579
Sensor Checkout ....................................................................................................................579

Navigation Systems .................................................................................................... 601


Fuel Flow Inputs ......................................................................................................... 701

CONTENTS

Page 6
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Introduction
1.

Makeup and Use of this Manual

A.

Application
This Technical Manual for the UNS-1Ew is applicable to the components and software
control numbers (SCN) noted below. The SCN is stamped on the component data plate. The
w reference in the FMS name implies that these FMS systems are combined with the Wide
Area Augmentation System (WAAS) subsystem.
This Technical Manual is used for installation and basic wiring. Refer to the WAAS FMS
Interface Manual, Report No. 34-60-53, for wiring diagrams covering specific installations.
Refer to the WAAS FMS Configuration Manual, Report No. 34-61-XX for detailed
FMS/MMMS software configuration instructions.


UNS-1Ew Flight Management System, P/N 3017-XX-2X1

Configuration Module, P/N 30171

5-Inch Flat Panel CDU (FPCDU), P/N 1018-X-XXX using SCN 10.X and later SCN

4-Inch FPCDU, PN 117-X-XXX using SCN 20.X and later SCN

LP/LPV Monitor, P/N 3116-52-1110, (Precision Approach Software SCN 10.1 and
later)
NOTE: When an LP/LPV Monitor is used in conjunction with a WAAS FMS to
provide precision approach functions, the Precision Approach Software
(PAS) SCN must be the same for both the WAAS FMS and LP/LPV
Monitor. The PAS SCN is indicated on the identification plate of both
components.

Data Transfer Unit, DTU-100 (Iomega ZIP Drive), P/Ns 1406-01-X, 1407-01-1

Solid State Data Transfer Unit, SSDTU, P/Ns 1408-00-X, 1409-00-2

The following table shows the allowable combinations of UNS-1Ew FMS part
numbers and SCNs:
UNS-1Ew FMS
Part No.

Software Control Numbers (SCN)


100X.X

110X.X


3017-3X-2X1
3017-4X-2X1

NOTE: Refer to the UNS-1Ew part number matrix in the Equipment Specifications section
of this manual for a detailed explanation of the part numbers.

34-60-49

Page 1
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

B.

Organization
This Technical Manual provides the information about:

2.

(1)

Description and operation of the components of the UNS-1Ew FMS.

(2)

FAA Approval including Environmental Qualification Forms.

(3)

Equipment Specifications to support selection of compatible peripherals and planning


for the installation of UNS-1Ew components.

(4)

Detailed installation and wiring requirements.

(5)

Maintenance, checkout, and troubleshooting procedures for the UNS-1Ew and


peripheral sensors as well as outputs to the Flight Guidance System.

(6)

Navigation Sensors where to find scheduled outages and current status of longrange navigation systems.

(7)

Fuel Flow Inputs to the UNS-1Ew for various sensors.

Abbreviations and Terminology


This manual contains no abbreviations or terms that have varying interpretations in the
industry. However, the use of 1000.X and 1100.X are used to indicate passages that may be
applicable to one or more, but not all SCNs. Some components have multiple names that are
used interchangeably. The terms FMS and UNS-1Ew are used to refer to the Flight
Management System and Multi-Mission Management System. The exception to this is if the
product, part number or multi-mission is specifically required.
The front panel of the FMS contains an array of push buttons or keys that are used to operate
the system. Instructions in this manual refer to specific keys by name, for example [ENTER],
[A], etc.
Throughout this manual reference is made to the "DTU-100" and "disk". The term disk
used herein now refers to any of the data storage devices (Zip disk, USB or SD) and the term
DTU will be used to refer to either the DTU-100 or SSDTU.
Procedures in this manual and displayed on the FMS will still use the term DISK and will
remain unchanged regardless of the data storage device being used.

3.

Contact Information
Please submit comments, suggestions, errors or other concerns about this manual to our
Technical Publications Department at techpubs@uasc.com.
To order copies or request changes in address and distribution information, contact
info@uasc.com.
For technical questions, please contact customersupport@uasc.com.

34-60-49

Page 2
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Description and Operation


1.

Description
The information contained within this installation manual describes the administrative and
technical aspects, features, functions, and components of Universal Avionics Systems
Corporations (UASC) Flight Management System (FMS) and Multi-mission Management
System (MMMS). All comments or recommendations regarding the installation, acceptance
or operation of the FMS/MMMS or its accessories and components can be directed to the
Product Support Department at Universal Avionics Systems Corporation.
The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a
reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein
do not represent any specific STC or Form 337 aircraft installation. It is the installers
responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the
drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC or
Form 337 drawing package.

A.

General
Universal Avionics Systems Corporations FMS and MMMS are fully integrated navigation
and flight management systems designed to provide the pilot with centralized control of the
aircraft navigation sensors, lateral and vertical flight guidance and steering, fuel management,
database management and flight planning.
The UNS-1Ew FMS contains a Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) subsystem. The
WAAS subsystem provides a navigation solution using GPS augmented by WAAS. The
WAAS FMS is categorized as Class Gamma 3, which covers navigation and guidance
functions for all flight phases through Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance (LPV)
approach level of service. The WAAS subsystem provides three-dimensional position and
velocity, time, and WAAS protection levels. The WAAS subsystem also provides ARINC
I/O and critical analog output and discrete I/O.
The WAAS Subsystem operates in single or dual FMS installations. The following
installation options are available based on the severity of failure conditions on different
classes of aircraft.

Single FMS/WAAS For classes of aircraft for which criticality of LPV approach
operation is classified as Major and for aircraft that have LPV approach disabled.

Dual FMS/WAAS For classes of aircraft for which criticality of LPV approach
operation is classified as Severe-Major. This requires dual WAAS subsystems for
cross-channel monitoring.

Single FMS/WAAS with LP/LPV Monitor - Same as dual WAAS FMS installation
except cross-channel monitoring is provided by a LP/LPV Monitor unit.

34-60-49

Page 1
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


The FMS accepts position information from up to five long-range navigation sensors as well
as a VOR, TACAN, or scanning DME sensor. The data from these sensors is used to
determine the best computed position. This position is used by the FMS for navigating the
aircraft along a programmed flight plan. Flight plans are created using the navigation
database. The database locates waypoints along an entered route and combines these
waypoints to form a flight plan.
Current capability includes lateral great circle and vertical navigational guidance and display,
from aircraft departure to arrival. This includes enroute as well as terminal and approach
capabilities that are integrated with real time fuel management monitoring data. An
incorporated Radar/Multi-Function Display (MFD) interface allows selection and display of
flight plan waypoints on compatible weather radar or MFD displays.
The computed and raw sensor data is output for display on the Control Display Unit (CDU).
Flight Guidance system installations, switching and pilot annunciations are streamlined, as
all output data comes from one source, the FMS, which represents all sensors.
Each type of navigation sensor has unique capabilities and functions. The type and number of
sensors can be tailored to optimize for specific operational requirements using Loran C
(LCS), GPS, GNSS, Doppler and laser- or gyro-referenced inertial navigation sensors. VOR
and TACAN receivers are optional for either enroute navigation or as an approach reference.
The system also accepts data from a Radio Reference Sensor (RRS) in lieu of
DME/VOR/TACAN receivers. The FMS also has the ability to tune and receive data from
communication and navigation radios. The user may tune commands to COM (3), NAV (2),
ADF (2), ATC, or TAC radios depending on the configuration.
The FMS receives true airspeed (TAS) and altitude information from an air data computer.
The system supports only digital air data inputs. The FMS receives fuel flow data from the
aircraft fuel flow sensors, and optionally, heading data from an analog gyro.
The fuel management function of the FMS accepts input from the aircraft fuel flow sensors
as well as information supplied by the pilot. It uses this data to continuously update and
display fuel management information during flight. This also assists the pilot in planning fuel
requirements while on the ground.
The FMS contains six databases: navigation, company route, checklists, performance,
pilot-defined, and FMS flight plan. All databases can be updated via a Data Transfer Unit
(DTU). This DTU is housed within a protective case that may be panel mounted in the
cockpit for convenient access. The FMS will have the ability to store two cycles of the
Navigation and Company Routes databases.
A self-contained worldwide NAV database stored in non-volatile memory provides the FMS
with information on over 100,000 waypoints, navaids, airports, and over 12,000 SIDs,
STARs and approaches. The operator may choose from a worldwide database with airport
runways of >2000 feet or >4000 feet. A special helicopter database is available for helicopter
operators.

34-60-49

Page 2
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


The pilot-defined database is stored in nonvolatile memory. It has the capacity to store up to
200 pilot-defined enroute waypoints, 200 pilot-defined routes and 100 each pilot-defined
enroute alignment points, airport reference points, runways, and approaches. The system will
store 100 average-size, pilot-entered SIDs and STARs as well. The FMS flight plan database
is erased when the FMS is turned off.
The FMS supports the checklist function as an external FMS in the Collins ProLine 4 800
avionics system. The user generates the checklist data on a personal computer (PC) program,
loads it into the FMS, and maintains it. The checklist database and the status information on
the active checklist reside in nonvolatile memory. Aircraft configured for the advanced
performance feature require an aircraft specific database that contains the data pertinent to
their operation.
The FMS employs an Ethernet connection for rapid transfer of data to such systems as the
Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS) and Application Server Unit (ASU). The
Ethernet also provides 10 MB per second database loading from a Data Transfer Unit.
Along with all the features of the FMS, the MMMS provides the capability to automatically
steer along any of six different search patterns. The MMMS is referred to as FMS herein.
Refer to the applicable Operator's Manual, Special Missions section for more information on
the MMMS search patterns.
The FMS is configured to a specific aircraft installation through a configuration module
which is part of each aircraft installation. At the time of installation, the configuration
module is programmed through the CDU to define the sensor input ports, fuel flow type, air
data type, EFIS interface, etc.

34-60-49

Page 3
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Single FMS Installation Description
The FMS computes position and provides selected information to the associated flight
instruments and sensor control to all sensors. The FMS houses an internal database which
includes charted data from suppliers such as Jeppesen and pilot input data such as routes and
approaches.
NOTE: Single FMS installations not utilizing an LP/LPV Monitor, the UNS-1Ew will not
provide precision approach functions.
NOTE: The block diagram illustrates the various types of inputs and outputs to and from
the FMS. The actual set of inputs and outputs in any particular installation is
dependent on the suite of avionics equipment on the aircraft.
Video
Vision-1
TAWS
Cabin Display
ASU

WAAS/GPS
Antenna

UniLink
UniVision

Internal
GPS/WAAS

FGS

Configuration
Module
DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV
FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT

A
H

1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9

BACK

ON / OFF
DIM

W X

Display

Air Data
AFIS

MSG

Fuel Flow

ENTER

GPS/GNSS
IRS or GPIRS
Radar
Doppler
TACAN
VOR
DME
UNIVERSAL

SSDTU

34-60-49

Page 4
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Dual FMS Installation Description
In dual installations, each FMS communicates with the other, sharing flight plan and
navigational information. Typically, in dual FMS installations, all long-range navigation
sensors are interfaced with both units. Each FMS computes an independent position using all
available navigational sensors and provides selected information to the associated flight
instruments. Each FMS shares its best best-computed position with the other system and
continuously monitors the other system's position output.
Each FMS houses its own internal databases. These include charted data from suppliers such
as Jeppesen and pilot input data such as routes and approaches.
NOTE: The block diagram shows the various types of inputs and outputs to and from the
FMS. The actual set of inputs and outputs in any particular installation is dependent
on the suite of avionics equipment on the aircraft.
Video
Vision-1
TAWS
Cabin Display
ASU

WAAS/GPS
Antenna

UniLink

WAAS/GPS
Antenna

UniVision
Internal
GPS/WAAS

Configuration
Module
DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV
FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT

A
H

1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9

BACK

ON / OFF
DIM

W X

FGS

Internal
GPS/WAAS

Display

Configuration
Module
DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV

Air Data

MSG

FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT

A
H

AFIS

ENTER

1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9

BACK

ON / OFF
DIM

W X

MSG

ENTER

Fuel Flow
GPS/GNSS
IRS or GPIRS
Radar
Doppler
TACAN
VOR
DME

UNIVERSAL

SSDTU

34-60-49

Page 5
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Single WAAS FMS with LP/LPV Monitor Installation Description
The use of an LP/LPV Monitor is an optional feature that can be used in an aircraft with a
single WAAS FMS which requires LP/LPV capability but may not have room for a second
WAAS FMS. The LP/LPV Monitor operates without a CDU or configuration module. The
LP/LPV Monitor functions as an independent sensor in which redundant equipment is
required to meet the integrity goals for precision approach types. The LP/LPV Monitor has its
own GPS/WAAS sensor which can be wired and configured as a second GPS sensor with the
single FMS.
NOTE: The block diagram illustrates the various types of inputs and outputs to and from
the FMS. The actual set of inputs and outputs in any particular installation is
dependent on the suite of avionics equipment on the aircraft.

Video
Configuration
Module

Vision-1
TAWS

Internal
GPS/WAAS

Internal
GPS/WAAS

Cabin Display
ASU
UniLink

WAAS/GPS
Antenna

WAAS/GPS
Antenna

UniVision
Display

FGS
Air Data
DATA NAV VNAV DTO LIST PREV
FUEL FPL PERF TUNE MENU NEXT

1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9

BACK
ON / OFF
DIM

W X

AFIS

MSG

Fuel Flow

ENTER

GPS/GNSS
UNIVERSAL
LP/LPV MONITOR

UNS-1Ew
WAAS FMS

IRS or GPIRS
Radar
Doppler

LP/LPV
MONITOR

TACAN
VOR
DME
UNIVERSAL

SSDTU

34-60-49

Page 6
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

System Components
The basic UNS-1Ew installation consists of the FMS (containing the display, keypad,
navigation computer and GPS/WAAS sensor), configuration module, Data Transfer Unit and
GPS/WAAS antenna.
(1)

UNS-1Ew Display
The FMS utilizes a 5-inch active matrix liquid crystal flat panel display. The highresolution display provides alphanumeric characters, icons and graphics capabilities
to facilitate on-screen data recognition. The display allows for data display on eleven
lines with 24 characters each in two different sizes. Graphic displays for special
photo, search and surveillance flight patterns are provided.

(2)

UNS-1Ew Keypad
The full alphanumeric keypad also contains dedicated function keys and, when used
in conjunction with the ten line select keys (LSK), provides the operator with all the
controls necessary to communicate with the internal navigation computer and all
associated sensors. The keypad allows manual data entry, system mode selection and
control (selection and deselection) of navigation sensors.

(3)

UNS-1Ew Navigation Computer


The FMS contains the systems central processing unit (Nav computer), navigation
sensor interface circuits, flight guidance system interface and the Jeppesen database.
The unit processes data from DME, TACAN, VOR, Air data, Fuel Flow and up to
five long-range navigation sensors. A radar joystick input can also be accommodated.
At installation the system is configured with the number and type of long-range
navigation sensors which will optimize the FMS to the aircrafts specific
requirements. The long-range Nav sensors act in addition to the multi-channel
scanning DME and VOR sensing capability integrated into the basic circuit.
The FMS is available in different sensor compatibility configurations with five
optional fuel flow configurations. These are analog (ac or dc), digital (pulse or
frequency), and ARINC 429 digital. It also incorporates an Ethernet connection for
transfer of data to Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS) and Universal
Cockpit Display (UCD) as well as future systems.

(4)

Configuration Module, P/N 30171


The configuration module is a serially connected EEPROM designed to store
configuration data that is specific to the aircraft installation, The EEPROM is
attached to the FMS mounting rack. The user is able to view and initialize the aircraft
configuration through specially designed menus that can be accessed through the
keypad. Subsequent modifications to the configuration are possible but restricted
through software interlocks. The Configuration Module receives and transmits data to
the FMS via private serial communications busses.

34-60-49

Page 7
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(5)

LP/LPV Monitor, P/N 3116-52-1110


The LP/LPV Monitor is an optional feature that can be used in an aircraft with a
single WAAS FMS which requires LP/LPV capability but may not have room for a
second WAAS FMS. The LP/LPV Monitor operates without a CDU or configuration
module. The LP/LPV Monitor functions as an independent sensor in which redundant
equipment is required to meet the integrity goals for precision approach types. The
LP/LPV Monitor has its own GPS/WAAS sensor which can be wired and configured
as a second GPS sensor with the single FMS.

(6)

Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100), P/N 1406-( ), 1407-( )


The Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) is an IOMEGA ZIP drive housed within a
protective case. Model 1406 may be panel mounted in the cockpit for convenient
access. Model 1407 consists of a DTU-100 housed in a portable carrying case. The
wire harness plugs into connectors mounted in the aircraft that are wired to the NCU.
The DTU-100 is used to update the standard and expanded navigation databases
within minutes. The update is contained on Zip disks that are distributed periodically
to subscribers. Database updates are loaded into the FMS over a 10base-T Ethernet
connection from the DTU-100. The DTU-100 receives power from the NCU and
communicates directly with it through a digital bus.
The DTU-100 is also used to load aircraft specific performance data. The DTU-100
may also load pilot-defined flight plans and checklists created with off-line flight
planning software loaded into an IBM compatible computer. FMS in-flight data
parameters can be written to a disk utilizing the DTU-100. The Maintenance Log
stored in non-volatile memory also may be written to a disk. FMS configuration data
can be written to a disk and be loaded to another FMS to update its configuration
data.

(7)

Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU), P/N 1408-( ), 1409-( )


The SSDTU is designed to replace the DTU-100 as a data upload and download
device interfacing with other Universal Avionics line replaceable units (LRU). The
SSDTU replaces ZIP disk technology with flash memory technology. Two accessible
data storage device ports are built into the faceplate of the SSDTU. These ports
support Universal Serial Bus (USB) and Secure Digital (SD) data storage devices and
function as disk drives. The SSDTU transfers data files between the selected data
storage device and other LRUs using an Ethernet bus.
The SSDTU has three serial digital buses that are each capable of receiving and
transmitting data. The first is a single EIA-485 (RS-422) bus which can be used to
exchange data between FMSs. The second is an Ethernet bus, which consists of an
eight port Ethernet switch used to exchange data with up to eight UASC Ethernet
network compatible LRUs such as the FMS, TAWS and Vision-1 systems. The
transfer rate to the client is the same or better than a DTU-100. The third is an EIA232 bus that provides access to the diagnostic interface.

34-60-49

Page 8
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


The SSDTU is available in two models, the fixed installation model that is
permanently installed in the aircraft and the portable model which is carried into the
aircraft, attached to an interface connector, used, then disconnected and removed
prior to flight. The SSDTU is the same fit as a DTU-100, although using USB and SD
data storage devices allows more flexibility for SSDTU installations.
The functions of the discrete inputs that were used to enable or disable Ethernet or
EIA-485 data bus communications in the DTU-100 have been disabled in the
SSDTU. The functions are now enabled by software.
(8)

WAAS (SBAS) GPS Antennas


A WAAS (SBAS) GPS antenna approved under TSO C190 must be installed for each
WAAS (SBAS) FMS system. There are three approved antennas to choose from: P/N
10708 WAAS (SBAS) GPS antenna, P/N 10709 WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius antenna
and P/N 10710 WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Weather and Radio antenna. If replacing an
existing FMS system with a WAAS (SBAS) FMS system, the antenna must be
replaced with a TSO C190 approved antenna. None of the previous antenna part
numbers, 10705, 10706, etc., are compatible with the WAAS (SBAS) FMS GPS.
The WAAS (SBAS) GPS antenna P/N 10708 is a single element antenna. The 10708
antenna has the same footprint as the 10705 and 10706 antennas and can be directly
replaced by the 10708 antenna without any modifications.
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius antenna P/N 10709 is a dual element antenna which can
provide reception for WAAS (SBAS) GPS and WSI InFlight weather. This antenna is
ideal for aircraft that have limited locations for antennas. If The 10709 is used as a
replacement for a previous antenna installation, the 10709 has the same footprint as
the 10705, 10706 and 10708 antennas, although modification to the aircraft is
necessary to accommodate the dual connectors. P/N 10709 is not a replacement for
antenna P/N 10705 when used for GLONASS.
WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Weather and Radio antenna P/N 10710 is a dual element
antenna which can provide reception for WAAS (SBAS) GPS and XM Weather and
Radio. This antenna is ideal for aircraft that have limited locations for antennas. If
The 10710 is used as a replacement for a previous antenna installation, the 10709 has
the same footprint as the 10705, 10706 and 10708 antennas, although modification to
the aircraft is necessary to accommodate the dual connectors. P/N 10710 is not a
replacement for antenna P/N 10705 when used for GLONASS.

(9)

EFIS Radar Panel, P/N 1015-1-XX (Lear 60 Pro Line 4 Installations only)
The EFIS Radar Panel (ERP) provides two knobs with push buttons and six buttons
for pilot control of various EFIS and RADAR functions of the Collins Pro Line 4
Avionics System. The ERP also receives pilot inputs from the Pro Line 4 Altitude
Awareness Panel (AAP) and the Pro Line 4 Course Heading Panel (CHP). All
pilot/user inputs are forwarded to the FMS navigation computer via a CSDB
interface. The FMS/ERP combination replaces the Collins CDU. The FMS becomes
the navigation control or External Navigator.

34-60-49

Page 9
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

System Interfaces
(1)

Navigation Sensor Interface


The FMS is capable of interfacing with the following short-range sensors: DME,
Radio Reference Sensor (RRS), TACAN, and VOR radio inputs.
The FMS is also capable of interfacing with the following long-range sensors:
Doppler, LORAN C, Inertial Reference sensors, GPS, GPS aided Inertial Reference
System (GPIRS), GNSS, WAAS, and GPS Landing System (GLS).

(2)

Air Data Computer Interface


The UNS-1Ew accepts only digital air data inputs from a remote air data computer.

(3)

Fuel Flow Interface


The system is capable of accepting five types of fuel flow signals: DC, AC RMS
voltage, pulse width, pulse frequency, and digital.

(4)

Analog DC fuel flow inputs will not exceed 12 Volts

AC RMS fuel flow inputs will be in the range of 0-8 VRMS

Pulse frequency fuel flows will have a scaling of 1-400.0 pph/Hz while pulse
width fuel flows will be in the range of 1-400.0 pph/msec

The required accuracy for pulse width and pulse frequency signals will be
sufficient to measure signals in the input range 1-800 msec or 1-2000 Hz with an
accuracy of 1%

Digital fuel flow may be received over a digital input bus

Auxiliary Power Unit Interface


Auxiliary power unit (APU) fuel flow is a configurable option on the FMS. The FMS
accepts automatic APU fuel flow signals and computes the APU fuel flow rate. The
FMS also accepts manual APU fuel information.

(5)

Ethernet Interface
The FMS is capable of interfacing with an Avionics Local Area Network. The FMS
has an Ethernet controller that connects to a 10base-T twisted shielded pair cable.

(6)

External Systems Management

The FMS interfaces with the Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS). The
FMS contains a configuration option that tells the FMS the source of the TAWS
user interface pages.

The FMS interfaces with the Universal Cockpit Display (UCD) and Application
Server Unit (ASU). The FMS sends flight plan information to the UCD or ASU
via the FMS crossfill bus.

The FMS AFIS mode supports interface with the Airborne Flight Information
System and provides support for remote messaging, terminal weather, winds
aloft, and remote flight plan services.

34-60-49

Page 10
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

The FMS interfaces with an external UniLink unit that supports air-to-ground
digital data communications. UniLink uses a variety of media, such as VHF radio
and in-flight telephones to exchange data with a ground base computer.

The FMS tunes the following radios: VHF NAV #1 and VHF NAV #2
(navigation); VHF COM #1, VHF COM #2, and VHF COM #3 if installed (voice
communication); ADF #1 and ADF #2 (automatic direction finder); and ATC (air
traffic control).
The FMS supports 25 kHz or 8.33 kHz tuning for the VHF COM radios.
For COM tuning, the FMS interfaces with both a Radio Tuning Unit and a Radio
Control Unit. COM radio tuning and feedback is accomplished via a CSDB
interface.

The FMS provides the capability to configure the system for advanced
performance which will work with an aircraft specific database to provide takeoff reference speeds and engine limits, climb/cruise engine limits, and landing
reference speeds. This function is incorporated as a table driven series of
interpolations that use the charts from the AFM in a digitized form. The
performance database is stored in the FMS non-volatile memory.
The FMS provides the capability to compute and display Equal Time Point
information on the CDU. The Equal Time Point is computed as a point along the
entered flight plan where it will take an equal amount of time to fly direct to
either of the two pilot-specified enroute alternate airports.
The FMS provides the capability to compute and display Point-of-No-Return
information on the CDU. The Point-of-No-Return is computed as a point along
the entered flight plan where the fuel remaining is equal to the amount of fuel
needed to fly directly back to a pilot-specified Coast Out airport with fuel
reserves.

34-60-49

Page 11
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

FMS Components
(1)

CPU Board
The CPU board is the master processor within the FMC. The processor is a Motorola
PowerPC 8270 microprocessor operating at 400 MHz.
The CMOS system RAM serves as a non-volatile scratchpad used to preserve specific
data in the event of an in-flight power interrupt. Flash memory is used for database
storage because it does not require battery backup, proving a more efficient and
economical storage medium than battery backed CMOS static RAM.
The following functions are incorporated into the CPU board:

16 Megabyte Flash EEPROM memory for program storage


32 Megabyte Flash EEPROM memory for database storage
2 Megabyte EEPROM for bootstrap program
4 Megabyte battery backed static RAM
2 Kbytes Serial EPROM for internal Configuration Module
Battery backed real time clock device for system time keeping and timer interrupt
generation
One I2C port for communication with external Configuration Module
One TTL level serial port for communication with the front panel display
Two RS232 communications ports (One of these ports does not leave the CPU
board and is used for download of software via a remote computer while the
other port is used for connection to a remote terminal.)
One 10base-T Ethernet port for communications with the System-1 local area
network
28 V input bus power failure detection signal connected to the processors nonmaskable interrupt
One JTAG (Joint Test Action Group) port that contains 128 bytes of serial
EEPROM with the Ethernet MAC address for the LAN
One analog to digital converter which is 8 bits and has a full-scale value
of 5V
One set of system configuration jumpers (comprised of 16 individual jumpers)
Temperature sensor for over temperature alerting

34-60-49

Page 12
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

WAAS/ARINC and WAAS/Analog Subsystem Boards


The WAAS/ARINC board includes a MPC8270 central processor, dual-port RAM
(DPRAM), and two field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) with dissimilar design.
The MPC8270 communicates with the GG12W receiver on the WAAS/Analog board
through two RS-232 connections. It controls the analog I/O and discrete I/O on the
WAAS/Analog board through a serial peripheral interface (SPI). ARINC I/O
functionality is accomplished on the WAAS/ARINC board through FPGA #1. FPGA
#2 is used to monitor critical ARINC output buses for faulty transmission. An RS-232
serial port is provided, although it can only be used for diagnostic display and flight
data recording (FDR).
The WAAS/Analog board contains a GG12W receiver. The receiver is the source of
three-dimensional position and velocity, time, and WAAS protection levels. The
WAAS/Analog board also provides critical analog output and discrete I/O. Critical
analog/discrete output including deviations, alert flags and level of service (LOS) are
monitored internally for faulty transmission.
The WAAS subsystem interfaces with a configuration module through the FMS via
DPRAM. The WAAS subsystem obtains the following information from the FMS
configuration module:

Aircraft information (both onside and offside antenna offset). The Antenna offset
translates the GPS/WAAS antenna position to the aircraft navigation center
(typically the glideslope antenna).

Approved Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) service provider(s)


ARINC I/O ports configuration
Display bus type configuration
High/low level analog deviation output configuration

Cross-channel monitoring enabled or disabled

I/O Capabilities of the WAAS Subsystem Boards

Discrete Inputs XChan Fail In, XChan LOS1, XChan Nav Valid, XChan Vert
Valid

Discrete Outputs Nav Flag, Nav Valid, Vert Flag, Vert Valid, LOS1, LOS2,
LOS3, XChan Fail Out, WAAS Fault, Time Marks
NOTE: Alert (Nav Flag or Vert Flag) and Valid (Nav Valid or Vert Valid) Flags can
be either high or low level outputs depending on the FMS part number.
NOTE: The levels of service (LOS) in use by the WAAS Subsystem are LPV,
LNAV/VNAV, LNAV, and Not Available.

Analog Outputs Lateral Dev and Vertical Dev


NOTE: Lateral and Vertical Deviations can be scaled high or low depending on
the FMS configuration Analog Inputs XChan Lateral Dev and XChan
Vertical Dev (Analog configuration only)

34-60-49

Page 13
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


NOTE: Lateral and Vertical Deviations can be scaled high or low depending on
the FMS configuration.

ARINC 429 Inputs/Outputs Configurable Transmitters and Receivers: 2


Transmitters (743A Output, XChan Out), 4 Receivers (Offside FMS, XChan In,
XChan Guidance Bus1, XChan Guidance Bus2)
NOTE: The number of ARINC429 transmitters and receivers available is
dependent on the FMS configuration.

(3)

Auxiliary Board
The Auxiliary Board uses a Motorola 68332 processor with 256 KB of RAM and 256
KB of flash EEPROM.
Two CSDB transmitters and four receivers

128 Kilobyte by 16 Flash EEPROM for program storage

4 Kilobyte by 16 of dual port RAM for communication with the main processor

Four pulse/analog fuel flow inputs

Input signals for analog heading

Input signals for board type detection


The four differential fuel flow inputs incorporated in the Auxiliary board, in an alldigital aircraft, allows the elimination of the analog board and possible replacement
by a second ARINC board. The fuel flow multiplexer switches these inputs to a RMS
converter, a counter, or an A/D converted depending on the type of input. Analog
Heading is located on the Auxiliary board to allow an all-digital aircraft access to this
variable without an Analog board. The Roll Steering command is under control of the
CPU even though it is located on the Auxiliary board.

I/O Capabilities of the Auxiliary Board

Discrete Inputs HDG Mag/True Switch, HDG Valid

Analog Inputs Autopilot Reference

Analog Outputs Roll Steering

Synchro In Heading Synchro

Pulse/Analog FF 4 Fuel Flow Sensors


NOTE: Accepts either pulsed or analog differential fuel flow sensors.

CSDB In 4 Input Ports (VOR, ADF/MFD, DME)

CSDB Out 2 Output Ports

34-60-49

Page 14
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

Analog Board (Optional)


The Analog board communicates with the CPU through dual port memory. All
processing is accomplished using an on-board Motorola 68332 processor. The Analog
board converts four types of analog inputs to digital for processing through DPRAM
by the FMC: Discrete, Synchro/Resolver AC, DC, and analog air data and provides
analog, discrete, and synchro outputs.
I/O Capabilities of the Analog Board

Discrete Inputs Altitude Valid, Attitude Valid, TAS Valid, SAT Valid

Discrete Outputs Digital Valid, Pitch Valid

Analog Outputs Pitch Command, To/From

Synchro Outputs Bearing, Desired Track

ARINC 561 Refer to the label descriptions for this output in the WAAS FMS
Interface Manual Report Number 34-60-53
Digital to analog converters are used to generate PITCMD, TO/FR, and Synchro
Resolver outputs. In addition, the discrete outputs PITCHVAL and DIGVAL are
implemented using a discrete latch.
NOTE: If the FMS is configured with an Analog board, the WAAS/ARINC I/O
capabilities are reduced. Refer to the Equipment Specification section of this
manual for details.

(5)

ASCB Version A Board (Optional)


The ASCB board provides the FMS with an interface to the ASCB Version A data
bus that was developed by Honeywell and supplements ARINC, CSDB and analog
interfaces of the FMS. The ASCB board hardware supports data bus Version A only.
ASCB is a multi-user serial synchronous digital communications bus. The ASCB
board provides an interface between the FMC and ASCB bus.
When configured with the ASCB board, the FMS provides the following capabilities:

Transmit navigation display on the ASCB bus.


Transmit guidance and mode data on the ASCB bus.
Transmit flight plan and map background data on the ASCB bus.
Transmit Vspeeds on the ASCB bus.
Create and store radar waypoints using the MFD input data on the ASCB bus.
Receive FGS, EFIS, and MFD data on the ASCB bus.

34-60-49

Page 15
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(6)

Power Supply
The Power Supply converts 28 VDC aircraft power to +5 VDC, +15 VDC and 15
VDC for FMS circuitry and the Configuration Module and provides output voltage
monitoring and current limiting.
If power is lost or low voltage is detected, an interrupt will be generated. The CPU
will then store the necessary registers in non-volatile memory for an orderly
shutdown. Enough capacity is designed into the power supply to provide system
power for a minimum of 10 milliseconds following a power fail warning.

34-60-49

Page 16
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


E.

FMS Functions
(1)

Power Control, Initialization, and Configuration


At power up, the FMS determines the installed configuration of the computer. The
FMS uses data from the configuration module to configure the FMS if the
configuration data is valid.
At power up, the FMS performs self-tests to ensure system integrity and proper
operation.
The FMS provides power-up initialization after a normal power down, after a standby
power down, and after a power failure.
The FMS provides power-down control for manual power down, standby power
down, and power failure.

(2)

Navigation
The FMS best computed aircraft position is determined by using position inputs from
all available navigation sensors and DME distance information from the scanning
DME. If either an RRS or one of the supported TACAN receivers is installed,
TACAN information is also be used. The system searches the navigation database to
determine which DME or TACAN stations are within range (approximately 250 nm)
and sequentially tunes each station. The aircraft position is computed by interrogating
multiple DME or TACAN stations and correlating the tuned stations with their
known geographic coordinates. Correction for slant range is accomplished by using
known station elevation and aircraft altitude.
The DME derived position is then integrated with the position information derived
from available long-range sensors. If the aircraft is out of DME range, the FMS relies
on long-range sensors for position information.
The FMS provides the pilot with course to waypoint, ETA, distance to waypoint,
maximum airspeed (VMAX) for curved legs, wind, and ground speed information.
In addition the FMS provides desired track, bearing, crosstrack, lateral deviation,
vertical deviation, related data to the flight guidance system (FGS) for the HSI
displays, and roll and pitch steering commands for the autopilot/flight director
system.

(3)

Position Uncertainty
The FMS calculates position uncertainty and displays the resulting value as ANP. The
FMS uses as the alerting limit either the operator manually entered RNP (required
navigation performance), the procedural RNP as defined in the navigation database,
or the system defaults based upon the phase of flight.

34-60-49

Page 17
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

Vertical Navigation
The FMS provides vertical guidance and steering data for a Path Descent mode. This
includes the Enroute, STAR, and Approach segments of the flight plan up to the
Missed Approach Point. All ARINC 424 leg types are supported, including procedure
turns, holding patterns, and floating terminator type legs. The FMS allows up to six
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) fixed terminator type waypoints to be displayed and
edited on the VNAV Path pages. All waypoints that are pre-filled are automatically
pre-filled in reference to the flight plan waypoints. On the VNAV Path pages the
operator may also define an Offset, which is a vertical waypoint referenced off a
particular flight plan waypoint. The offset may be in either a positive or negative
direction along the defined flight plan, and will have an altitude defined by the
operator.
The Flight Plan pages have been designed to allow the operator to enter and edit
altitudes for any leg in the flight plan that has a fixed waypoint terminator. In
addition, a prompt will be provided on the Flight Plan pages to allow access to the
VNAV pages in order to define a VNAV Offset waypoint.
The FMS automatically converts all STAR and Approach procedural crossing altitude
constraints from the database that are variable (At/Below, At/Above, and Window) to
fixed altitudes. These altitudes will be displayed on the Flight Plan pages and
automatically pre-filled into the VNAV pages.
The FMS provides tactical VNAV modes. These modes allow the operator to use the
FMS to maneuver the aircraft vertically without regard to the lateral path of the
aircraft. Flight Level Change (VFLC) mode uses a set of preprogrammed
airspeed/Mach profiles selected by the operator to climb and descend the aircraft. In
VFLC mode, the FMS outputs an airspeed target so the aircraft FGS can pitch the
aircraft to achieve the target airspeed.
VNAV modes are mutually exclusive; the FMS can be in only one vertical mode at a
time. The FMS is capable of synchronized VNAV operation. In synchronized
operation, all flight crew entries on the CDU pertaining to the VNAV function are
synchronized between the left and right FMS.
The FMS provides a selectable altitude correction function to compensate for extreme
cold temperatures. Temperature compensation applies only to approach altitudes,
including approach transition and missed approach.

(5)

Lateral Guidance and Steering


The lateral guidance and steering function provides guidance displays showing the
relative position of the aircraft to the desired flight path. This function also provides a
steering command to make the aircraft follow the desired flight path. These
capabilities are provided for the entire ARINC 424, path terminator leg set.
The FMS is capable of synchronized LNAV operation. In synchronized operation, all
flight crew entries on the CDU pertaining to the LNAV function are synchronized
between the left and right FMS.

34-60-49

Page 18
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(6)

Waypoint Sequencing
The FMS incorporates automatic turn anticipation for leg changes along the flight
plan. Turns are initiated at a distance based on ground speed, leg change magnitude,
and roll steering bank limits for the present altitude. Turns at "fly-over" waypoints are
initiated over the waypoint.

(7)

Direct-To
The FMS is capable of initiating Direct-To maneuvers to waypoints and airports on or
off the flight plan. If the Direct-To waypoint is off the flight plan, the system prompts
the pilot to redefine the next (NX) waypoint so that it may be linked to the flight plan.
The FMS will provide the capability to divert to the nearest airports.

(8)

Heading Mode
The pilot is allowed to select and fly a desired heading using the CDU keyboard. If
the IMS-02, ProLine 2, ProLine 4, or Primus 1000 EFIS is installed, the system will
accept heading inputs from the heading bug knob. The Heading Mode provides the
ability to be armed so that it may automatically intercept the current navigation leg.

(9)

Selected Crosstrack
The FMS provides the ability to select and fly a course parallel to a leg defined by
two FROM-TO waypoints. When this feature is selected, the system indicates the
selection via the crosstrack annunciator. This feature is not available for Pseudo VOR
outbound legs or in approach mode. The mode will be maintained when sequencing
onto a fixed track leg, provided the course change is such that it is possible to do so.

(10)

Holding Patterns
The FMS provides Holding Pattern selection and definition using graphical depiction
of the available holding pattern on the display. The pilot defines the pattern or selects
one from a database via the CDU keyboard. The FMS provides the ability to arm a
holding pattern at a waypoint in the flight plan that is ahead of the current position of
the aircraft. The FMS provides the capability to define holding patterns at present
position. The hold may be manually or automatically activated. Once the holding
pattern is activated, the aircraft proceeds to the holding fix and automatically
performs the appropriate entry to the pattern. The pilot must manually terminate the
hold if it is an HM (Hold Manual) leg type. If it is an HA (Hold at an Altitude) or HF
(Hold at a Fix) leg type, then the FMS will automatically sequence the leg after the
appropriate procedure is flown.

(11)

Flight Planning
The FMS facilitates flight planning and includes features such as SIDs, STARs, and
Approaches for use in terminal areas and Victor/Jet airways for the enroute portion.
Flight plans can be dynamically defined, crossfilled from another FMS, selected from
a previously defined pilot route or company route database, or loaded from a disk or
AFIS unit.
The FMS is able to synchronize the flight plan with the offside FMS.

34-60-49

Page 19
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


The flight planning includes custom lists from which the pilot can easily select
desired options, eliminating time consuming keyboard entries and associated errors.
The FMS provides a Fix Page function, which allows the operator to enter up to nine
waypoints and obtain dynamic range and bearing from each of these waypoints. In
addition, this function determines the location at which each of these waypoints is
abeam the flight plan. The FMS provides the ETA and distance to the Abeam Point,
as well as messaging to alert the pilot when the aircraft is approaching the Abeam
Point.
The FMS provides a Lat/Long Crossing function, which allows the operator to enter
up to four latitudes or longitudes. The FMS then computes the corresponding latitude
or longitude of the intersection point along the flight plan. The FMS provides the
ETA and distance to the Lat/Long Crossing Point, as well as messaging to alert the
pilot when the aircraft is approaching the Lat/Long Crossing Point.
(12)

Terminal Area Procedures


The FMS is capable of flying published SIDs and STARs with procedural legs such
as heading-to-radial, heading-to-altitude, course-from-fix-to-DME-distance, and
DME-arcs. Up to nineteen additional leg types (combinations) are available.

(13)

Approach Mode
The FMS approach mode provides the pilot with ILS-like guidance while flying FMS
approaches. During an FMS approach, the system provides signals like those of an
ILS for flight director or autopilot coupled approaches. The approach is accessed
from the navigation database or the pilot may define it by entering the approach
waypoint and the reference NAVAID (if required). The system is capable of defining
and flying VOR, RNV (VOR DME), RNV (GPS), NDB, TACAN, ILS, LOC, BC,
VFR, GLS, and GWS (FAA FIAS configuration only) type approaches. During an
ILS, LOC, or BC approach, the FMS uses the localizer signal for roll steering.

(14)

Precision Approaches (RNAV (GPS))


The WAAS subsystem adds the capability to fly precision RNAV (GPS) approaches
to the LPV Approach Category (Level of Service). During the final phase of the
precision approach (between the FAF and EOA), the WAAS subsystem
independently provides the guidance both laterally and vertically.

(15)

Integrity Monitoring
The WAAS subsystem monitors the integrity of the position output using a step
detector, WAAS-provided integrity monitoring, and RAIM-based fault detection and
exclusion (FDE) algorithms.

34-60-49

Page 20
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(16)

RAIM Prediction
The WAAS subsystem supports predicting the availability of fault detection (FD) receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM). It supports the prediction of
RAIM availability for a period of +/-15 minutes around the estimated time of arrival
(ETA) at a fix.

(17)

Cross-Channel (XChan) Monitoring


The WAAS subsystem provides XChan monitoring for LP/LPV approaches flown in
the offside FMS. This improves the overall system integrity so as to meet the required
integrity for LP/LPV approaches. Based on its own position, the WAAS subsystem
monitors the guidance data from the offside FMS for discrepancies. If an intolerable
discrepancy is detected, the WAAS subsystem sends a LON alert to the offside FMS.
As a result, the offside FMS sets its guidance flags in view. If the offside FMS fails to
set the guidance flags in view, the WAAS subsystem further disconnects the digital
guidance bus of the offside FMS from display systems and sets the analog guidance
flags of the offside FMS in view. XChan monitoring can be disabled through the
FMS configuration that is confirmed by the installer.

(18)

RNP RNAV Functionality


The WAAS FMS provides an ANP/RNP display on the Nav pages that depicts FMS
calculated Actual Navigation Performance (ANP) and Required Navigation
Performance (RNP). RNP represents the maximum allowable value for the current
procedure or flight phase. The computed ANP algorithm represents the 95% Total
System Error (TSE) as required in DO-236B, Minimum Aviation System Performance
Standards: Required Navigation Performance for Area Navigation, par. 2.1.1 and as
described in par. 1.7.2.1.
RNP boundary settings may be manually entered (priority 1), coded in the navigation
database (priority 2), or determined by phase of flight. The following table describes
RNP boundary settings as a function of the above criteria.
Priority

Source

RNP Boundary Settings

1**

Manually Entered (Refer to FMS RNP


Annunciation section below)

5.0 nm Maximum

Navigation database

Procedure dependent

Default Phase of Flight


Oceanic

4.0 nm

Enroute

2.0 nm

Terminal

1.0 nm

Approach

0.3 nm

**The manually entered RNP value will remain and the WAAS FMS will use that value
until it is manually removed or overwritten, within a given power up cycle.

34-60-49

Page 21
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Dual multi-sensor FMS installations which integrate GPS/WAAS sensors in the
WAAS FMSs meet the equipment and accuracy requirements of FAA Order
8400.12A para. 12b(4) for operations in RNP-10 airspace and FAA Order 8400.33
para. 8a(2)(a) or 8a(2)(b)i for operations in RNP 4 airspace. Operational approval
must be obtained from the appropriate authority.
The WAAS FMSs also complies with equipment and accuracy requirements of AC
90-96A paragraph Appendix 1 for BRNAV (RNP-5) when operating in Class I
airspace, without time limits.
Inclusion of this function in the FMS does not constitute an Operational Approval for
RNAV RNP SAAAR procedures.
FMS RNP Annunciations
The following annunciations are associated with ANP/RNP criteria:
POSITION UNCERTAIN
Any time the ANP value exceeds the RNP value, a Position Uncertain message is
provided. Under this condition, a POS annunciation is displayed on the CDU. If the
Position Uncertain condition occurs during an approach, the lateral and vertical
deviation flags are placed in view and will remain in view until the FMS position is
no longer uncertain.
VERIFY MANUAL RNP
This message displayed on the FMS CDU will be removed after it is displayed once.
1. A manual RNP has been entered on the NAV pages, a flight phase transition
occurs and the new flight phase RNP Limit is less than the manual RNP.
2. A manual RNP has been entered on the NAV pages and a leg with a lower
database RNP value is sequenced to in a linked flight plan.
(19)

WAAS Subsystem Functions

Navigation solution: The WAAS subsystem provides a navigation solution for all
phases of flight using GPS augmented by WAAS. The navigation solution
includes antenna position, time, velocity, and other pertinent data.

Guidance for approaches with final approach segment data block (FAS DB): The
FAS DB stored in the FMC navigation database contains the designated SBAS
service provider ID, the waypoints defining the FAS path and alert limits for the
approach. Based on the information, the WAAS subsystem determines the
available approach service level LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, or LPV). The WAAS
subsystem further provides lateral/vertical guidance for the selected approach
relative to the aircraft navigation center position. The navigation center position is
translated from the antenna position using the antenna offset stored and confirmed
in the FMS configuration module. The WAAS subsystem then continuously
monitors whether the applicable alert limit requirements are met. The WAAS
subsystem notifies the pilot via guidance flags if loss of navigation (LON) occurs.
ARINC I/O and critical analog/discrete output: In order to meet the criticality
level for precision approaches, the WAAS subsystem processes all FMS ARINC

34-60-49

Page 22
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


I/O and critical analog/discrete outputs. The WAAS subsystem configures its
ARINC I/O and analog/discrete output based on the information in the FMS
configuration module. For oceanic, en route, terminal, and approach (without FAS
DB) phases of flight, the FMS transmits the guidance data and other ARINC data
to external systems. For approaches with FAS DB, the WAAS subsystem
substitutes the FMC guidance data with its own computed deviations and
guidance flags.

WAAS CPU monitor: The WAAS subsystem monitors the FMS CPU Integrity by
comparing its computed position output to the FMS System Position. If there is a
discrepancy, the WAAS subsystem will independently flag the FMC guidance
busses.

34-60-49

Page 23
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

2.

Operation

A.

General
Detailed operating procedures for the FMS are provided in the Operators Manual for the
specific software loaded in the FMS, for example, SCN 1000.X or 1100.X. The operating
procedures presented here are intended to provide information necessary to perform tasks
later in this manual.
The FMS Operators Manuals introduce the CDU, explains the CDU operating philosophy,
and provides a detailed explanation of the keyboard keys and their associated functions.
The FMS provides all the controls necessary to communicate with the navigation computer
and associated navigation sensors. Line select keys (LSK) are located on either side of the
display. In this manual, individual line select keys are referred to as [1L] through [5L] and
[1R] through [5R]. Function keys are immediately below the display and an alphanumeric
keypad is below and to the right of the function keys. The display provides for manual data
entry, system mode selection, computed and raw data displays control (selection and
deselection) of navigational sensors and system message displays.
The following text provides general information about operator CDU interface which is
applicable to installation and checkout of the FMS.
(1)

Cursor
Data is always entered into the system at a cursor location. The cursor marks variable
parameters by means of reverse field. When appropriate, the cursor location aligns
with one of the ten line select keys used to control the cursor. The home position of
the cursor is usually off the display when a page is initially accessed, although some
pages have a cursor default position that is on the screen. Pushing the ENTER key
completes the entry of data. If there is a logical next field for data entry, the cursor
automatically advances to this next field when [ENTER] is pushed.

(2)

Item Selection

1
2
3
4
5
6

OPT LIST 1/ 1
select
#no sensor
dc linear
ac linear
pulse freq
pulse width
digital
RETURN

Selections are made using the line select keys whenever possible. In some cases a
combination of line select keys and reference numbers are used on the same display
page. This allows two levels of selection to exist simultaneously on the same display
page. For example, while the content or nature of a list is controlled by the line select
keys, an item from that list can be selected by using a reference number. In this
illustration (OPT LIST 1/ 1) the reference numbers appear to the left of the items
available for selection. The cursor is on the dash in the data entry field next to the
pound (#) sign. To make a selection, input the number using the keypad

34-60-49

Page 24
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


corresponding to your choice and push [ENTER]. The arrow next to RETURN points
to the adjacent line select key [5R]. Pushing LSK [5R] will return the display to the
previous page.
Any selection that will change the active flight plan, guidance of the aircraft or the
stored database requires confirmation. Confirmation is accomplished by pushing the
line select key a second time or by pushing [ENTER]. Selection of fields that do not
require confirmation will cause the page or mode change to occur immediately when
the corresponding line select key is pushed.
(3)

Information Display
Color and graphics are used to draw attention to the most important items on a
display. Background colors and/or boxes are used to group data into important areas
such as control or selection boxes.

(4)

Display Control
Pushing [ON/OFF DIM] function key for initial power-up energizes the system and
initiates self test of the navigation computer. When self-test is initiated, the Self-test
page is displayed. The Self-test page will be followed automatically by the
Initialization page if all tests are successfully completed. If a failure occurs that would
cause the system to be unusable, the Initialization page will not be displayed. Once
the Initialization page is displayed, no other page can be displayed until the
initialization data is accepted.

(5)

Power/Display Control Page

BRIGHT
DIM
CANCEL
DISPLAY
OFF/STBY

After the system is turned on, pushing [ON/OFF DIM] displays the options BRIGHT,
DIM, CANCEL, DISPLAY and OFF/STBY. Pushing the associated line select key to
one of these options selects the option.
BRIGHT Pushing LSK [1R] BRIGHT slowly increases the brightness of the
display as the key is held down until reaching maximum brightness.
DIM Pushing LSK [2R] DIM slowly dims the display as the key is held down until
reaching minimum brightness.
CANCEL Pushing LSK [3R] CANCEL will cause the control page to be removed
from the active display page.
DISPLAY Pushing LSK [2R] DISPLAY will cause the parallax adjustment page to
be displayed.

34-60-49

Page 25
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

UP
DOWN
CANCEL

Parallax Adjustment Page


To adjust the parallax for the line select keys the adjustment page presents three
options (UP, DOWN, and CANCEL) using the line select keys.

UP Pushing LSK [1R] UP adjusts the entire display upward by as much as onehalf character.

DOWN Pushing LSK [2R] DOWN adjusts the entire display downward by as
much as one-half character.

CANCEL Pushing LSK [3R] CANCEL returns the display to the


Power/Display Control page.

OFF/STBY Pushing LSK [5R] OFF/STBY displays the CONFIRM


OFF/STBY page. This page has two options (CONFIRM OFF and CANCEL)
selectable using the line select keys. Selecting CONFIRM OFF will turn the
system off. Selecting CANCEL will return the display to the Power/Display
Control page.

CONFIRM
OFF

CANCEL
CONFIRM
STANDBY

Confirm Off Page


This page has three options (CONFIRM OFF, CANCEL and CONFIRM STANDBY)
selectable using the line select keys.

CONFIRM OFF Pushing LSK [1R] CONFIRM OFF turns the system off.

CANCEL Pushing LSK [3R] CANCEL returns the display to the


Power/Display Control page.

CONFIRM STANDBY Pushing LSK [5R] CONFIRM STANDBY allows the


FMS to be powered up with position information intact. This is a configurable
feature.

34-60-49

Page 26
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

Data Transfer Unit (DTU100)


The following paragraphs provide general information about operating the DTU (Models
1406 and 1407). Refer to your Operators Manual applicable to your Flight Management
System and software program version for detailed operating procedures. When using the
Portable DTU, connect the DTU cable to the appropriate panel-mounted connectors before
turning the unit on.
(1)

Power
With external power applied to the DTU-100, the red LED illuminates.

(2)

C.

Disk Insertion and Removal

Open the Dust Cover by pulling out and upward on the tabs. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover in the fully open position.

Insert the disk into the drive. Push on the exposed edge of disk until it is fully
inserted.

Push the eject button on the disc drive to remove the disk.

Grasp the disk and pull it out of the drive.

Push the dust cover toward the unit until it snaps closed.

Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU)


The following paragraphs provide general information about operating the SSDTU, models
1408-( ) and 1409-( ). Refer to the Operators Manual applicable to the Flight Management
System and software version for detailed operating procedures.
(1)

Power
NOTE: When using the Portable SSDTU, connect the SSDTU cable to the
appropriate panel-mounted connectors before applying power to the aircraft.
When power is applied, the SSDTU undergoes a Lamp Test and Power-on Built-InTest (PBIT). The SSDTU operates the front panel LED indicators in the following
order.
(a)

All LEDs Off: Power supply not present.

(b)

All LEDs Amber: Power supply good, processor initializing.

(c)

All LEDs Green: Loading and verifying the operating system image and
verifying the file system image.

(d)

All LEDs Blue: Initializing operating system.

34-60-49

Page 27
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


During PBIT, all three indicators will display the same status at any given time. The
purpose of the operation is to test the LEDs and to give a clear indication of which
PBIT step failed, should the SSDTU fail to begin normal operation.
Following PBIT (normal operation), the SSDTU operates the front panel LED
indicators as shown in the following table.
Indicator
Type

Indicator Color and Action


Blank

Green
Solid

Green
Blinking

Amber
Solid

Blue
Solid

Blue
Blinking

STATUS
(Front)

SSDTU Off

Operational

N/A

CBIT has
detected an
error
(SSDTU will
reboot)

Self-Test

N/A

USB
(Front)

No device
present

Device OK,
not in use

Device is
being
accessed

Bad or
unsupported
device

Device OK,
in use
(Indicates
Primary
Storage
Device)

Device is
being
accessed

SD
(Front)

No device
present

Device OK,
not in use

Device is
being
accessed

Bad or
unsupported
device

Device OK,
in use
(Indicates
Primary
Storage
Device)

Device is
being
accessed

NET
(Front)

Not yet
operational

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ethernet
(Rear)

No device
present

A network
link is
established
on this port

Network
activity

N/A

N/A

N/A

(2)

Flash Memory
(a)

Insertion

Open the Dust Cover by pulling upward on the tabs. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover in the fully open position.

Insert the flash memory card. Push on the exposed edge until it is fully
inserted, the memory card will remain seated all the way in the slot when
pressure is released.
NOTE: If the card does not slide into the slot easily, do not try to force
it; the card will not fit in backwards. Turn the card around 180
and reinsert card.

Close the dust cover.

34-60-49

Page 28
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(b)

Removal of Data Storage Device


NOTE: If the data storage device is removed during a read operation, the
read operation will fail. If the data storage device is removed during
a write operation, the device may become corrupt and will require
the data storage device to be formatted on a personal computer (not
an FMS format command which only deletes files from the media).

(3)

Open the Dust Cover by pulling upward on the tabs. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover in the fully open position.

Push on the exposed edge of the memory card, release pressure and the
memory card will eject slightly out of the slot.

Grasp the edge of the flash memory and pull it out of the SSDTU.

Close the dust cover.

USB Memory Insertion


(a)

Insertion

Open the Dust Cover by pulling upward on the tabs. The pivot arms and
latch mechanisms will hold the Dust Cover in the fully open position.

Insert USB memory all the way into the USB slot until seated.
NOTE: If the USB Memory does not slide into the slot easily, do not
try to force it; the card will not fit in backwards. Turn the
memory card around 180 and reinsert.
NOTE: Do not close dust cover.

(b)

Removal
NOTE: If the data storage device is removed during a read operation, the
read operation will fail. If the data storage device is removed during
a write operation, the device may become corrupt and will require
the data storage device to be formatted on a personal computer (not
an FMS format command which only deletes files from the media).

Pull USB Memory card straight out of memory slot.

Close dust cover.

34-60-49

Page 29
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

EFIS Radar Panel (ERP), P/N 10151X (Lear 60 Pro Line 4 Installations Only)
The supplement to the FMS Operators Manual introduces the ERP and provides a detailed
explanation of the radar controls and MFD keys and their associated functions.

(1)

ERP Radar Controls


The ERP faceplate contains several Weather Radar System controls. Control
functions are identical from one weather radar system to another. When any of these
controls are activated the ERP sends the input to the FMS.
PUSH RDR ON Located in the center of the RANGE knob, this switch is used to
activate the weather display on the MFD. When the MAP mode is displayed on the
MFD, pressing this switch will superimpose weather radar on the map display.
Pressing this switch a second time will remove the weather radar from the map
display. When this switch is pressed while the MFD is in HSI format, weather only
format will be displayed on the MFD.
RANGE Turning this knob selects radar/map display range from 5 nm to 300 nm
and up to 600 nm in plan map. Range annunciation will be displayed on the MFD.
RDR This key provides display of the Radar Functions page. (RADAR CNTRL) on
the onside FMS. Pressing this key a second time displays the second Radar Function
page. Radar functions are selected from these two pages.
PUSH ZERO Located in the center of the TILT knob, this switch is pressed to set
the vertical tilt of the weather radar antenna to zero degrees.
TILT Turning this knob selects the tilt angle of the weather radar antenna from -14
degrees to +14 degrees. Tilt annunciation is displayed on the ND/MFD.

(2)

ERP/MFD Keys and Switches


HSI This key provides display of a conventional compass rose on the MFD. A
traditional Horizontal Situation Indicator will be displayed. Radar targets will not
display in HSI format.
MAP This key is sued to display a present position map on the MFD.
TFC This is only active if TCAS is installed. If so, it will display a traffic map on
the MFD.
NAV This key is sued to display a navigation source menu (NAV SOURCE 1/1) on
the onside FMS from which navigation sensors may be selected for onside display on
the PFD/MFD.
BRG This key is used to display a Bearing Pointers (BRG PTRS) menu. The menu
lists sensors which may be selected for driving bearing pointers on the PFD/MFD.

34-60-49

Page 30
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

FAA Approval
1.

General
Approval of the FMS System is not authorized by this Installation Manual. Acceptance for
the installation and use of the FMS and its associated components must be sought through the
appropriate offices of the Federal Aviation Administration or other certifying agency. It is
recommended that all proposed installations be coordinated with the local jurisdiction of the
Federal Aviation Administration or other certifying agency prior to performing the
installation.
NOTE: The TSO identifies the minimum performance standards, tests and other conditions
applicable for issuance of design and production approval of the article. The TSO
does not specifically identify acceptable conditions for installation of the article.
The TSO applicant is responsible for documenting all limitations and conditions
suitable for installation of the article. An applicant requesting approval for
installation of the article within a specific type or class of product is responsible for
determining environmental and functional compatibility.
It is recommended that when certifying (SCN 1000 or 1100) use the variable X
(1000.X) in the original certification package to ensure point changes will not affect
future certification requirements and to assure that the AFMS will not need to be
changed with point changes.

A.

Applicable TSOs
(1)

TSO-C109 (12/09/85): Airborne Navigation Data Storage System

(2)

TSO-C115b (9/30/94): Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using Multi-sensor


Inputs

(3)

TSO-C146b (2/14/07): Stand-Alone Airborne Navigation Equipment Using the


Global Positioning System Augmented by the Satellite Based Augmentation System
NOTE: All first time approvals using performance Vspeeds and engine thrust rating
computations for a specific aircraft model must be approved by TC or STC
process.

B.

(4)

ETSO-C146: Stand-Alone Airborne Navigation Equipment Using the Global


Positioning System Augmented by the Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS)

(5)

TSO-C190 (03/20/07): Active Airborne Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS)


Antenna

(6)

JTSO C115b: Airborne Area Navigation Equipment using Multi-sensor Inputs

Applicable Advisory Circulars and Other References


(1)

AC 20-129 (9/12/88): Airworthiness Approval of Vertical Navigation (VNAV)


Systems for use in the U.S. National Airspace System (NAS) and Alaska

(2)

AC 20-130A (6/14/95): Airworthiness Approval of Navigation or Flight Management


Systems Integrating Multiple Navigation Sensors

34-60-49

Page 101
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

C.

(3)

AC 20-138A (12/22/03): Airworthiness Approval of Global Navigation Satellite


System (GNSS) Equipment

(4)

AC 23.1309-1C (3/12/99): Equipment, Systems and Installations in Part 23 Aircraft

(5)

AC 25.1309-1A (6/21/88): System Design and Analysis

(6)

AC 25-15 (11/20/89): Approval of Flight Management Systems in Transport


Category Airplanes

(7)

AC 90-45A (02/21/75): Approval of Area Navigation Systems for use in the U.S.
National Airspace System

(8)

AC 90-94 (12/14/94): Guidelines for Using Global Positioning System Equipment


For IFR Enroute And Terminal Operations And For Non-precision Instrument
Approaches In The U.S. National Airspace System

(9)

AC 90-100A (03/01/07): U.S Terminal and En Route Area Navigation (RNAV)


Operations

(10)

AC 91-49 (8/23/77): General Aviation Procedures for Flight in North Atlantic


Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications Airspace

(11)

AC 120-33 (6/24/77): Operational Approval of Airborne Long Range Navigation


Systems for Flight within the North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance
Specifications Airspace

(12)

LEAFLET NO 2 Rev 1 (14.05.97): JAA Guidance Material On Airworthiness


Approval And Operational Criteria For Use Of The Navigation Systems In European
Airspace Designated For Basic RNAV Operations (JAA Administrative & Guidance
Material Section 1/Part 3)

(13)

LEAFLET NO. 3 Rev 1 (18.12.97): JAA Guidance Material on Airworthiness


Approval and Operational Criteria for the Use of the Navstar Global Positioning
System (GPS)

(14)

LEAFLET NO. 10: JAA Guidance Material on Airworthiness and Operational


Approval for Precision RNAV Operations in Designated European Airspace

Reference Documents
(1)

RTCA/DO-160E (9 December 2004): Environmental Conditions and Test


Procedures for Airborne Equipment

(2)

RTCA/DO-178B (1 December 1992): Software considerations in Airborne Systems


and Equipment Certification

(3)

RTCA/DO-187 (13 November 1984): Minimum Operational Performance Standards


for Airborne Area Navigation Equipment Using Multi-Sensor Inputs

(4)

RTCA/DO-301 (13 December 2006): Minimum Operational Performance Standards


for Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Airborne Active Antenna Equipment
for the L1 Frequency Band

(5)

RTCA/DO-229D: Minimum Operational Performance Standards for Global


Positioning System/Wide Area Augmentation System Airborne Equipment

34-60-49

Page 102
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(6)

RTCA/DO-236B (28 October 2003): Minimum Aviation System Performance


Standards: Required Navigation Performance for Area Navigation

(7)

RTCA/DO-254 (19 April 2000): Design Assurance Guidance for Airborne Electronic
Hardware

(8)

RTCA/DO-283A (28 October 2003): Minimum Operational Performance Standards


for Required Navigation Performance for Area Navigation

(9)

ARINC Specification 419-3 (11 December 1984): Digital Data System Compendium

(10)

ARINC Specification 424-18 (November 2005): Navigation Systems Data Base

(11)

ARINC Specification 429-ALL: Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer System (DITS)

(12)

ARINC Specification 561-11 (17 January 1975): Air Transport Inertial Navigation
System (INS)

(13)

ARINC Characteristic 571-2 (15 May 1974): Inertial Sensor System (ISS)

(14)

ARINC Specification 578 (October 1988): Airborne ILS Receiver

(15)

ARINC Specification 600 (10 March 1996): Air Transport Avionics Equipment
Interfaces

(16)

ARINC 702 (December 2006): Advanced Flight Management Computer System

(17)

ARINC Characteristic 704-6 (March 1993): Inertial Reference System

(18)

ARINC Characteristic 706-4 (January 1988): Mark 5 Subsonic Air Data System

(19)

EUROCAE ED-58 (June 1988): Minimum Operational Performance Specification


for Area Navigation Equipment Using Multi-Sensor Inputs

(20)

EUROCAE ED-72A (April 1997): Minimum Operational Performance Specification


for Airborne GPS Receiving Equipment Used for Supplemental Means of Navigation

(21)

Universal Avionics Report No. RPRT-2009-1004, Engineering Assisted Field


Approval Process for the Installation Upgrade of Universal Avionics FMS Approved
fort 3D Coupled Approaches to Universal Avionics SBAS FMS with LPV Approach
Capability.
Use this document for upgrades that fall under these categories:
The existing FMS installation must be laterally and vertically integrated to the flight
instruments capable of meeting the scaling requirements of TSO-C146c and
RTCA/DO 229D. Note that the flight instruments do not require approval to TSOC146c, only that they must meet the scaling requirements. Analog / mechanical flight
instruments inherently meet these scaling requirements as deviation scaling is under
the control of the FMS.
The existing FMS installation must be approved for lateral and vertical coupled
operation to the Fight Guidance System (FGS). Interfaces to the FGS using the
analog ILS channel inherently meet these scaling requirements as deviation scaling is
under the control of the FMS.
The existing FMS installation in the candidate aircraft must be approved by FAA TC,
FAA STC, or Field Approval.

34-60-49

Page 103
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

TSO Deviations
In accordance with the provisions outlined in 14 CFR 21.609, Universal Avionics Systems
Corporation has been granted deviations from TSO-C146b for the following paragraphs
within RTCA/DO-229D.
(1)

Paragraph 2.1.3.2.2.3 FDE Prediction


The FMS will continue to remove satellites from the position solution when
deselected by the pilot. This protocol is used in Universals TSO-C129a GPS-1000,
GPS-1200 and GNSS-2400 products as well as throughout the FMS product line.
Universal Avionics position is that this feature is a valuable aid in demonstrating
compliance to the MPS accuracy and integrity requirements, both in the lab and flight
testing.

(2)

Paragraph 2.2.1.1.4.5 - Alphanumerics


The FMS identifies each waypoint as per the charted procedure. The waypoints are
not specifically labeled as IAW, FAWP, MAWP or Missed Approach Holding Fix.
The FAWP is readily identifiable to the crew by the corresponding approach label
GPS 08 or ILS 27. MAWP is identified by the runway identifier, waypoint name
when applicable, and the End of Approach label *EOA*. The missed approach
holding fix is identified by the waypoint name and holding pattern annunciation.

(3)

Paragraph 2.2.1.1.6 Set of Standard Function Labels


Universal Avionics consistently employs the same set of labels and messages across
the entire FMS product line. Universal chooses to retain the human interface currently
in use throughout our product line and operated by thousands of flight crews today.
The modified MPS Table 2-6 shown below identifies current Universal labels and
messages where deviations were granted.
Table 2-6 Labels and Messages (Modified)

Function

Label/Message

Universal Label/Message/Function

Suspend /
unsuspend
automatic waypoint
sequencing

Suspend (SUSP)

Universals FMSs do not support the suspend/unsuspend function as it is


unnecessary in our family of FMSs. The suspend functionality may be
accomplished at any point on the flight plan by entering the FMS heading
mode. This allows maneuvering off the flight plan or onto subsequent leg
via the intercept mode The pilot may also enter a GAP into the active flight
plan. This functionality is accessed from the flight plan pages. When a
GAP has been inserted, the flight plan will not auto-sequence to the next
leg. Rather, the aircraft will fly an extension of the last leg. The pilot can
then enter into a heading mode and vector as required. To reestablish
waypoint sequencing to the original flight plan, the pilot may go "Direct To"
or edit the gap out of the flight plan.

Access to selecting
a course to or from
a waypoint

OBS, CRS

Universals FMS uses a well-established PVOR function for this


procedure, which allows the creation of courses to or from any waypoint in
the flight plan. The PVOR is accessed from either the NAV MENU page or
the DTO mode key. The pilot then is given the option to enter a waypoint
and select the desired track to or from the selected waypoint.

Clear previous
entry, no, or delete

Clear (CLR)

Universals FMS utilizes the BACK key. The back key is analogous to the
Backspace key on a computer keyboard.

CDU Keys

34-60-49

Page 104
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Table 2-6 Labels and Messages (Modified)
Function

Label/Message

Universal Label/Message/Function

Access Direct-To
function

Direct To ( D )

Universals FMS utilizes the DTO Key for this function.

Access to nearest
airports or other
fixes

Nearest (NRST)

Universals FMS utilizes a DIVERT line select key on the DTO page for
this function. The DIVERT page displays a list of up to 12 of the closest
airports with associated bearing, range, and longest runway based on
current present position. There is a prompt where the pilot can select the
airport for automatic insertion into the flight plan.

Select Vectors-toFinal (Section


2.2.3.2.1)

Vectors-to-Final
(VTF)

The flight crew can initiate this function by pressing the ACT APPR Line
Select key any time the approach is armed. Once the approach is
activated, the option to intercept the Final Approach course becomes
available via FMS heading mode.

Indication of loss of
integrity monitoring

LOI Loss of
Integrity - Cross
Check NAV.

Universals FMS uses an amber INTEG annunciation on EFIS or a


separate annunciator.

Indication of
impending turn

WPT (flashing),
or Turn to [next
heading] in
[distance] nm

Universals FMS uses the message WAYPOINT ALERT. The Universal


FMS provides a discrete that flashes at waypoint sequencing. In the UASC
King Air certification aircraft, the waypoint name that is being sequenced
flashes on the EFI-890R map display and lower left hand corner where the
TO waypoint is displayed. The EFI-890R primary flight display also flashes
the TO waypoint name in the lower left corner upon waypoint sequencing.

CDU Keys

Annunciations

(4)

Paragraph 2.2.1.3.16 - Parallel Offsets


The FMS provides bearing, distance, time and To/From to the original flight plan
waypoint to comply with SAE 4102/9, Flight Management Systems (FMS),
paragraph 3.2.2.17.
Universals philosophy is that situational awareness is best served by referencing the
original flight plan since the map display and ATC directions both reference the
original flight plan path. Offset reference points are not named nor shown on any
chart. It should also be noted that some map displays used bearing and distance to
draw the TO waypoint. Subsequent waypoints are drawn using geo-referenced
coordinates or other means independent of bearing and distance. With these displays,
the effect of this requirement would be that the map display would show the TO
waypoint as an offset, and subsequent waypoints on the original path.
The FMS meets the requirement of not propagating through unreasonable path
geometries. The FMS terminates the offset when the approach becomes active rather
than at the IAF. FMS offsets are not terminated at leg discontinuities. Guidance will
be provided to an extension of the previous leg and the pilot is presented with a
Current Leg Extended message.

34-60-49

Page 105
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(5)

Paragraph 2.2.3.3.1 - Approach Path Definition


The FMS has the capability for activating a VTF function throughout the product line.
When an approach is manually activated by a line select key labeled ACT APPR all
waypoints in the approach are sequenced and a CF leg is created to the FAF (FAWP)
or the FACF if one is present in the approach coding. This allows the FMS Heading
Mode (FHDG) to be entered and a heading to intercept the final approach course
programmed. Regardless of heading, the deviations are always provided to the first
approach leg according to the procedure. This MPS requirement does not allow
conformance to the published procedure when a FACF is present.
Universal understands the inclusion of this requirement because of concerns with
overshoot of the lateral approach path. However, Universal is able to demonstrate
acceptable performance up to 80 degrees course change at the FAF when it is not
designated as Overfly. Suspending sequencing means that if the pilot takes no
action the aircraft will most certainly overshoot the approach course.

2.

Software Criticality
The software embedded in the FMS is categorized as DO-178B Level C (Major). Level C
software is defined as software whose anomalous behavior, as shown by the system safety
assessment process, would cause or contribute to a failure of system function resulting in a
major failure condition for the aircraft.
TSO-C146b designates erroneous guidance during an LPV or LP approach to be a severemajor hazard. Therefore, all software involved in LPV or LP, guidance, and I/O processing is
categorized as DO-178B Level B (Hazardous/Severe-Major) with redundant hardware to
support required integrity. UASC chose to meet this level with dual FMS/WAAS in which all
precision approach guidance, I/O, and cross-channel monitoring is performed by the DO178B Level B WAAS subsystem.

3.

Instructions for Continuous Airworthiness, FAR 23.1529, 25.1529,


27.1529 and 29.1529
Permission is hereby granted to use all or part of our statement for STC/337 certification
purposes.
Our statement in compliance with FAR 23.1529, 25.1529, 27.1529 and 29.1529 follows:

A.

General Information
SYSTEM: UNS-1Ew Flight Management System
Modification of an aircraft by this Supplemental Type Certificate or Form 337 obligates the
aircraft operator to include the maintenance information provided by this document in the
operators Aircraft Maintenance Manual and the operators Aircraft Scheduled Maintenance
Program.
(1)

Maintenance Manual information for the UNS-1Ew (system description, removal,


installation, testing, etc.) is contained in Universal Avionics Systems Corporations
(UASC) Installation Manual 34-60-49. System operation is described fully in the
UASC Operators Manual Report No. 2423sv1000 where 1000 equals the system
software.

34-60-49

Page 106
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

B.

(2)

Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) part numbers and other necessary part numbers
contained in the installation data package should be placed in the aircraft operators
appropriate aircraft Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC).

(3)

Wiring diagram information contained in this data package should be placed into the
aircraft operators appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.

(4)

Revision to this document will be accomplished via Service Bulletin and /or
Installation Manual Revision.

Airworthiness Limitations
Scheduled Maintenance
Program tasks to be added to the aircraft operators appropriate aircraft maintenance program
are as follows:
(1)

Recommended Periodic Scheduled Servicing Tasks:

None Required.

(2)

Recommended Periodic Scheduled Preventative Maintenance Tests/Checks to


Determine System Condition and/or Latent Failures:
None Required.

(3)

Recommended Periodic Inspections:

None Required.

(4)

Recommended Periodic Structural Inspections:

None Required.

(5)

Recommended Replacement Interval:

None Required

Unscheduled Maintenance
Unscheduled maintenance may include upgrade of the program software contained in the
FMS. If the FMS is removed and the software changed, the configuration settings should be
checked and amended as necessary in accordance with the instructions contained in
applicable manuals.

4.

Environmental Qualification Forms


The environmental categories under which the FMS is approved (reference RTCA DO-160E)
are listed on the accompanying Environmental Qualification Forms in this section.

34-60-49

Page 107
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: UNS-1Ew Flight Management System and Configuration Module
PART NO.: 3017-XX-2X1 & 30171
TSO NUMBER: C115b & C146b
DO178B: Level B/Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
Ground Survival Low Temperature
Operating Low Temperature
Low Operating Temperature
Ground Survival High Temperature
Short Term High Operating Temperature
High Operating Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Operational Shocks and Crash Safety
Vibration
Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
Electric Discharge
Fire, Flammabilty

DO-160E
Section
4.5.1

Category

Description of Conducted Tests

A1D1

-55C/-40C

4.5.2
4.5.3

A1D1
A1D1

-20C
+85C/+70C

4.5.4
4.5.5
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0

A1D1
X
A1D1
A1D1
A1D1
B
A
B
SB, SM
H
X
X
X
X
X
Z

16.0
17.0
18.0

Z
A
Z

19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0

ZC
R
M
A3, J33

23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0

X
X
A
X

+55C
Not Required
+15,000 feet, +35,000 feet
+50,000 feet
-15,000 feet
5C per minute

Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1
degree

Not Required
Not Required

34-60-49

Page 108
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1117-XX
TSO NUMBER: C115b & C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
Low Temperature
High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
Explosion
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing

DO-160C
Section
4.5.1
4.5.2 and
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.2
7.3
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0

Category
A1D1
A1
D1
X
A1D1
A1
A1
B
A

Description of Conducted Tests


-20C Operating, -55C Survival
+55C Operating, +85C Survival (+70C Short
Term)
Not Applicable
50,000 FT
50,000 FT
-15,000 FT
55C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Equipment Tested per DO-160C, Para. 7
6.0 g
15.0g, 12.0 g

B, M & N
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Z
A
Z

19.0
20.0

Z
R

21.0
22.0

Z
A3E3

23.0
24.0

X
X

Equipment Tested to Category XXE3 with Method


of
AC 20-136

34-60-49

Page 109
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1117-X-XX3 and 1117-X-XX4
TSO NUMBER: C115b & C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
Low Temperature
High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
Explosion
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
ESD

DO-160D
Section
4.5.1
4.5.2 and
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0

Category
A1
A1
D1
V
D1
A1D1
A1D1
B
A
B
SM & SB
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Z
A
Z

19.0
20.0

Z
R&V

21.0
22.0

M
XXE3

23.0
24.0
25.0

X
X
A

Description of Conducted Tests


-15C Operating, -55C Survival
+55C Operating, +85C Survival (+70C Short
Term)
50,000 FT
50,000 FT
-15,000 FT
55C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Equipment Tested per DO-160D, Para. 7

Equipment Tested to Category XXE3 with Method


of
AC 20-136

34-60-49

Page 110
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 4-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6
TSO NUMBER: C115b & C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Installation Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
Low Temperature
High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
Explosion
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
ESD

DO-160E
Section
4.5.1
4.5.2 and
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0

Category
D1
A1
D1
X
D1
D1
D1
B
A
B
S
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Z
A
Z

19.0
20.0

Z
R, RR

21.0
22.0

M
A3, J33

23.0
24.0
25.0

X
X
A

Description of Conducted Tests


-20C Operating, -55C Survival
+55C Operating, +85C Survival (+70C Short
Term)
50,000 FT
50,000 FT
-15,000 FT
55C, 95%, 48 HOURS

34-60-49

Page 111
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: 5-Inch Flat Panel Control Display Unit
PART NO.: 1018-X-XXX
TSO NUMBER: C115b & C129a
DO-178B: Level C
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
Low Temperature
Low Operating Temperature
High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
Explosion
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
ESD

DO-160C
Section
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0

Category
A1D1
A1D1
A1D1
X
A1D1
A1D1
A1D1
B
A
B
S
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Z
A
Z

19.0
20.0

Z
R, R

21.0
22.0

M
A3, J33

23.0
24.0
25.0

X
X
A

Description of Conducted Tests


-20C Operating, -55C Survival
+55C Operating, +85C Survival
+55C Operating, +85C Survival
N/A
50,000 FT
50,000 FT
-15,000 FT
55C, 95%, 48 HOURS
Equipment Tested per DO-160C

34-60-49

Page 112
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: LP/LPV Monitor
PART NO.: 3116-52-1110
TSO NUMBER: C115b & C146b
DO178B: Level B
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
Ground Survival Low Temperature
Operating Low Temperature
Low Operating Temperature
Ground Survival High Temperature
Short Term High Operating Temperature
In-Flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Operational Shocks and Crash Safety
Vibration

DO-160E
Section
4.5.1

Category

Description of Conducted Tests

A2E1

-55C/-40C

4.5.2
4.5.3

A2E1
A2E1

-20C
+70C

4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0

Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect

9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0

A2E1
A2E1
A2E1
A2E1
B
A
B
SB
SM
H
W
X
X
X
X
Z

Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
Electric Discharge
Fire, Flammabilty

16.0
17.0
18.0

Z
A
Z

19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0

Z
R
M
A3
J33
X
X
A
C

23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0

+70,000 feet
+70,000 feet
-15,000 feet
5C per minute

Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Less than 0.3m to cause deflection of 1
degree

Not Required
Not Required

34-60-49

Page 113
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Data Transfer Unit DTU-100
PART NO.: 1406-( )
TSO NUMBER: C109
DO-178B: Level D
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ 85756-5097
Conditions
Low Temperature
High Temperature
In-flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
Explosion
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
ESD

DO-160D
Section
4.5.1
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0

Category
C4
C4
X
C4
C4

9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0

B
A
E
SM
SB
E2
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Z
A
Z

19.0
20.0

Z
V

21.0
22.0

M
XXE3

23.0
24.0
25.0

X
X
A

Description of Conducted Tests


0C
+70C
+35,000 ft.
+35,000 ft.

34-60-49

Page 114
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM
NOMENCLATURE: Solid State Data Transfer Unit
PART NO.: 1408-( )
TSO NUMBER: C109
DO178B: Level D
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
Conditions
Ground Survival Low Temperature
Operating Low Temperature
Ground Survival High Temperature
Short Term High Operating Temperature
In-Flight Loss of Cooling
Altitude
Decompression
Overpressure
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Operational Shocks and Crash Safety
Vibration
Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility

DO-160E
Section
4.5.1

Category
C4

4.5.3

C4

4.5.4
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0

X
C4
C4
B
A
B
SM, SB
H
X
X
X
X
X
Z
Z
A
Z

19.0

ZC

Radio Frequency Susceptibility


Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
Electric Discharge

20.0
21.0
22.0

R
M
E3

23.0
24.0
25.0

X
X
A

Fire, Flammability

26.0

Description of Conducted Tests


-55 C Survival Low Temperature
-20 C Operating Low Temperature
+85 C Survival High Temperature
+70 C Operating High Temperature
Not Required
+35,000 feet
+35,000 feet
-15,000 feet
Standard humidity environment
Standard vibration test
Hot spot non-spark producing surfaces
Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
Deflection distance is less than 0.3 m
DO-160E allows Z in place of B
High degree of protection required.
DO-160E allows Z in place of B
Interference-free operation is required
primary power is a constant freq. or DC
Installed in normal HIRF environment

Not Required
Not Required
Air discharge applied to normally
accessible surfaces
Not required

34-60-49

Page 115
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM

NOMENCLATURE: WAAS (SBAS) GPS Antenna


PART NO.: 10708
TSO NUMBER: C190
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
Conditions
Temperature & Altitude
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
Explosion
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
(radiated and conducted)
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
ESD
Fire, Flammability

DO-160E
Section
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0

Category

9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0

F2
A
B
BD
S(C,L,M,Y
)U (FF1)
X
SY
F
S
X
S
Z
X
X
X

19.0
20.0

ZCZW
Y

21.0
22.0

H
A4
J44
2A
C
A
C

23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0

Description of Conducted Tests

34-60-49

Page 116
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM

NOMENCLATURE: WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius Antenna


PART NO.: 10709
TSO NUMBER: C190
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
Conditions

DO-160E
Section

Temperature and Altitude


Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration

4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0

Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility

9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0

Lightning Direct Effects


Icing
Electric Discharge
Fire, Flammabilty

23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0

Category

Description of Conducted Tests

F2
A
B
BD
S(C,L,M,Y)
U (FF1)
X
SY
F
S
X
S
Z
X
X
X
ZCZW
Y
H
A4
J44
2A
C
A
C

34-60-49

Page 117
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION FORM

NOMENCLATURE: WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Antenna


PART NO.: 10710
TSO NUMBER: C190
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION:
Contained in the appropriate Technical Manual
MANUFACTURER:
Universal Avionics Systems Corporation
3260 E. Universal Way
Tucson, AZ. 85756-5097
Conditions
Temperature and Altitude
Temperature Variation
Humidity
Shock
Vibration
Explosion Proofness
Waterproofness
Fluid Susceptibility
Sand and Dust
Fungus Resistance
Salt Spray
Magnetic Effect
Power Input
Voltage Spike
Audio Frequency Conducted
Susceptibility
Induced Signal Susceptibility
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
Emission of Radio Frequency
Lightning Induced Transient
Susceptibility
Lightning Direct Effects
Icing
Electric Discharge
Fire, flammability

DO-160E
Section
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0

Category

Description of Conducted Tests

F2
A
B
BD
S(C,L,M,Y)
U (FF1)
X
SY
F
S
X
S
Z
X
X
X
ZCZW
Y
H
A4
J44
2A
C
A
C

34-60-49

Page 118
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

5.

Sample Airplane Flight Manual Supplement [100X.X]


Prepare an Airplane Flight Manual Supplement using the following sample as a guide.
Note: Comments in angle brackets, < >, and italics are explanatory only and should not
appear in the final supplement.
<Name of Applicant> AFM Supplement for <Aircraft Model>
<Address>
Supplement No.

{SAMPLE}
FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
FOR
AIRCRAFT MAKE: ___________________________________________
AIRCRAFT MODEL: __________________________________________
AIRCRAFT REG: _____________________________________________
AIRCRAFT S/N: ______________________________________________
This supplement must be attached to the FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the
airplane is modified by the installation of a Universal Avionics Systems Corporation (UASC)
UNS-1Ew Flight Management System (FMS), in accordance with STC
____________________________, (or Form 337).
The information contained herein supplements or supersedes the basic manual only in those
areas listed herein. For limitations, procedures, and performance information not contained in
this supplement, consult the appropriate basic Airplane Flight Manual.
FAA Approved:

<Name>
<Title>
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
<Name of Aircraft Certification Office>
<Address>
FAA Approved Date:
Page 1 of y

34-60-49

Page 119
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


REVISION HISTORY
SHEET
1-..

REV
N/C

DESCRIPTION
Original Document

APPROVED
Date:_______________

<Name>
<Title>
FEDERAL AVIATION
ADMINISTRATION
<Name of Aircraft Certification Office>
<Address>

Page x of y

34-60-49

Page 120
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
1
2
3
4
5

Title
General
Limitations
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures
Normal Procedures
Performance Data

Page
4
5
8
9
12

Page x of y

34-60-49

Page 121
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Section I
A.

Installation Description
<The following is a sample of how the introduction could read. Fully describe all interfaces
with the UNS-1Ew.>
The UNS-1Ew is a multi-sensor navigator that uses an optimal combination of sensor types
to provide unparalleled accuracy, integrity and availability. It contains an internal GNSS
sensor capable of using GPS augmented by WAAS and any other compatible Space Based
Augmentation System (SBAS). Outside SBAS coverage can integrate GPS with scanning
DME, VOR, TACAN, LORAN and IRS to provide continued navigation under any
circumstances.
The Universal Avionics Systems Corporation UNS-1Ew installation is interfaced with a
DME sensor and a VOR sensor for short-range navigation data. An internal GNSS provides
long-range position data, which is integrated with the VOR/DME position data. The internal
GNSS incorporates Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM).
The UNS-1Ew receives air data from an approved Air Data Computer. The system provides
navigation and steering data to the pilots EFIS and Flight Control System.
The UNS-1Ew contains software 1000.X, which provides capability for point-to-point
navigation, and approaches. Lateral and vertical steering is provided for enroute, terminal
area, and approach operation.

B.

Lateral Navigation Approvals


The Universal Avionics Systems Corporation FMSs have been installed in accordance with
AC 20 138A. Provided the FMS multi-sensor navigation system is receiving usable signals, it
has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the accuracy requirements of:
(1)

<The following is applicable to all dual installations or single WAAS/SBAS FMS


installations with a Universal LPV Monitor.>
This installation complies with AC 20-138A for navigation using GPS and WAAS
(within the coverage of a Space-Based Augmentation System complying with ICAO
Annex 10) for enroute, terminal area, non-precision approach operations (including
GPS, or GPS and RNAV approaches), approach procedures with vertical
guidance (including LNAV/VNAV and LPV). Navigation information is
referenced to the WGS-84 reference system, and should only be used for approach
where the Aeronautical Information Publication (including electronic data and
aeronautical charts) conform to WGS-84 or equivalent.
NOTE: For single FMS installations without the LPV Monitor, LPV approaches are
not available.

(2)

<The following is applicable to dual installations.>


This dual installation complies with equipage and accuracy requirements of FAA
Order 8400.12A par 12(b)4 for Required Navigation Performance 10 (RNP10). This
does not constitute an operational approval.

34-60-49

Page 122
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)

<The following is applicable to dual installations with two long-range sensors in


accordance with the NAT MNPS Advisory Circulars. Note that the internal
GPS/WAAS can be used as one of the two long range sensors, since it does
incorporate RAIM.>
Flight in the North Atlantic (NAT) Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications
(MNPS) airspace in accordance with AC 91-49 and AC 120-33.

(4)

<The following is applicable to all installations.>


This installation complies with equipage and accuracy requirements of AC 90-96A
Appendix 1 paragraph 1,d,(3),(a) for B-RNAV in designated B-RNAV airspace, and
Appendix 2 paragraph 2,a,(3),(a) for P-RNAV in designated P-RNAV airspace. This
does not constitute an operational approval.

(5)

<The following is applicable to all installations.>


This installation complies with equipage and accuracy requirements of AC 90-100A
Paragraph 7,c,(4) for operations on U.S. Area Navigation (RNAV) routes (Q-routes
and T-routes), Departure Procedures (Obstacle Departure Procedures and Standard
Instrument Departures), and Standard Terminal Arrivals (STARs). This does not
constitute an operational approval.

(6)

<The following is applicable to dual installations.>


This installation complies with equipage and accuracy requirements of FAA Order
8400.33 paragraph 9.b.(1).(c), Required Navigation Performance 4 (RNP-4) Oceanic
and Remote Area Operations when used in conjunction with the Universal Flight
Planning Program, which provides FDE prediction, PN 10751 with SCN 25.1 or later
FAA approved version. This does not constitute an operational approval.

(7)

<The following is applicable to all installations.>


This installation complies with equipage and accuracy requirements of FAA Order
8400.10 Volume 4, Chapter 1, Section 2, paragraph 52,D,(4), Required Navigation
Performance RNP-2, RNP-1 and RNP-0.3 when in enroute mode, terminal mode, or
non-precision approach modes respectively and the installed equipment provides
annunciation to the pilot of the mode that is in use. This does not constitute an
operational approval.

(8)

<The following is applicable to Remote/Oceanic approval per Notice 8110.6.>


installations.>
The FMS installation with internal GPS/WAAS sensor has been found to comply
with the requirements for GPS primary means of navigation in oceanic and remote
airspace, when used in conjunction with the Universal Flight Panning RAIM
prediction program, P/N 10751 with SCN 25 or later FAA approved versions. This
does not constitute operational approval.

34-60-49

Page 123
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(9)

<The following is applicable to all installations.>


This installation complies with equipage and accuracy requirements of FAA Order
8900.1 CHG Par 4-32D, Required Navigation Performance RNP-2, RNP-1 and RNP0.3 when in en route mode, terminal mode, or non-precision approach modes
respectively and the installed equipment provides annunciation to the pilot of the
mode that is in use. This does not constitute an operational approval.

(10)

<The following is applicable for all installations.>


This FMS installation complies with the RNAV requirements of AC 90-105 for RNP
approach, Terminal, and Enroute operations with the exception of fixed radius turns.

(11)

<The following is applicable when no other external sensors are interfaced.>


The following is applicable when interfaced with an approved LORAN system:
VFR/IFR RNAV operations within the conterminous United States and Alaska in
accordance with the enroute criteria of AC 20-121A.

(12)

<The following is applicable to installations with approved INS/IRS sensor(s).>


FAR Part 121, Appendix G Section 6 and Advisory Circular AC 25-4.
The table details time limitations placed on RNP-10 and BRNAV operations with
minimum sensors in NAV mode.

C.

Vertical Navigation Approval


This installation meets the requirements for VFR/IFR enroute, terminal area and approach
barometric VNAV operations in accordance with the criteria of AC 90-105 for use of DA in
lieu of MDA in accordance with 14 CFR 91.175 and 91.205.

Page x of y

34-60-49

Page 124
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Section 2
<The following limitations are representative. Refer to additional FAA guidance in Advisory
Circulars 20-130, 20-121A and 20-130A or 20-138 as applicable to your installation.>
A.

Operators Manual
The FMS Operators Manual, Report No. 2423sv1000/1100 must be available to the flight
crew whenever navigation is predicated upon the use of the Universal Avionics Flight
Management System.

B.

Navigation Equipment
Both FMSs or FMS and LP/LPV Monitor must be powered on and operational to fly RNAV
(GPS) approaches with LPV minima.

C.

Annunciations
The pilot shall, while flying an RNAV(GPS) approach with LPV minima and annunciation,
verify that LPV is properly annunciated on the PFD (or LOS annunciators) and that there
are no navigation flags visible. This check shall take place inside the final approach fix and
in no case later than 1000 feet above the runway threshold.

D.

Software Requirements
The system must utilize software version SCN 1000.X/1100.X, where X represents FAA
approved minor changes.

E.

Database/Waypoint Verification
IFR, enroute and terminal navigation are prohibited unless the pilot verifies the currency of
the database or verifies each selected Waypoint for accuracy by reference to current approved
data.

F.

Instrument Approaches
Instrument approaches must be accomplished in accordance with approved instrument
approach procedures that are retrieved from the FMS database.
(1)

Instrument approaches must be conducted in the Approach mode, and GPS Integrity
monitoring (when using GPS/WAAS including GPS, or GPS, and RNAV
approaches) must be available at the Final Approach Fix, as indicated to the pilot by
the INTEG amber annunciator being off.

(2)

GPS/WAAS can only be used for approach guidance when navigation information is
referenced to the WGS-84 reference system, and should only be used where the
Aeronautical Information Publication (including electronic data and aeronautical
charts) conform to WGS-84 or equivalent.

(3)

GPS/WAAS sensors will be retained for all GPS approaches and any approach with a
G suffix to the approach identifier on the approach arrival page. GPS will be
deselected for any pilot-defined VOR or VOR/DME RNAV approaches.

(4)

Pilot-defined IFR approaches must be defined using Waypoints from the FMS
navigation database.

34-60-49

Page 125
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(5)

The FMS is approved for pilot-defined VFR approaches as a VFR pilot aid only.
NOTE: All sensors remain selected for VFR approaches.

G.

Latitude Limits
Displayed FMS navigation parameters are referenced to Magnetic North, and operation of the
aircraft is limited to latitudes between N73o and S60o, unless magnetic variation is manually
entered by the flight crew.
<Add appropriate comments about Mag/True switch if installed with IRS as a heading
source.>

H.

VNAV Altitude Reference


When using VNAV, the Altimeter on each pilots panel must be used as the altitude
reference for all operations.

I.

Fuel Display
Fuel display parameters are advisory only and do not replace primary fuel quantity or fuel
flow gauges for fuel load and range planning.

J.

AFCS Limitations
The UNS-1Ew is approved for lateral Flight Director and autopilot coupled GPS, NDB,
RNAV, VOR-DME and VOR approaches only when the UNS-1Ew is in the FMS Approach
Mode (which provides expanded HSI deviations).

K.

Long Range Sensors


Navigation cannot be predicated on the use of non-GPS long range sensors alone while in
terminal areas or during departures from or approaches to airports or into valleys; e.g.,
between peaks in mountainous terrain or below Minimum Enroute Altitude (MEA).

Page x of y

34-60-49

Page 126
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Section 3
A.

Emergency Procedures
No change to FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual.

B.

Abnormal Procedures
(1)

If GPS RAIM becomes unavailable (indicated by a message and GPS INTEG amber
annunciator), the pilot should monitor position by cross reference to other navigation
sources as necessary.

(2)

Should an FMS system component fail, in most cases the display will go blank or the
remote MSG light will flash. Pushing the MSG key will display the Message Page,
which will indicate the component which has failed.

(3)

The FMS and associated components are protected by the following circuit breakers:
COMPONENT NAME

BUS LOCATION

FMS DC
FMS AC
FMS ADC
TAT Probe HTR
FMS SIU

(4)

In the event that a circuit breaker should open, the corresponding unit will be
switched off internally.

(5)

If sensor information is intermittent or lost, use the remaining operational navigation


equipment as required.

(6)

If VNAV information is intermittent or lost, disengage VNAV and use the altimeter
for vertical reference.

Page x of y

34-60-49

Page 127
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Section 4
A.

Operation
Normal operating procedures are outlined in the FMS Operators Manual, Report
2423sv1000/1100.

B.

Navigation Database Verification


After power-on self-tests have been completed, the INITIALIZATION page will appear. The
expiration date of the database will appear at the bottom of the display. If the actual date is
later than the expiration date, the FMS will notify the pilot with a DATABASE EXPIRED
message. Refer to the operators manual for navigation database update instructions.

C.

System Annunciators
<Describe all external annunciators installed as part of the FMS>
The FMS generates outputs for the following annunciators on the pilot's and copilots
instrument panels located in or adjacent to the HSI and ADI
ANNUNCIATOR

DESCRIPTION

MSG (amber)

Indicates a message is to be acknowledged on the MSG


page.

WPT (Amber)

Indication is displayed two minutes prior to waypoint in


enroute mode and 15 seconds prior in approach mode.
When this annunciator flashes, it indicates that an
upcoming vertical Flight Path Angle (FPA) change is within
two minutes.

SXT (Amber)

Selected crosstrack is active.

HDG (Blue)

The FMS is in heading sub.

APP (White)

An approach has been activated.

GPS INTEG (Amber)

GPS Integrity exceeds the allowable limit for phase of flight.


See also Section 3B, ABNORMAL PROCEDURES.

LP/LPV

Indicates LP or LPV Approach is armed or activated.

FMS APPR (See Note)

FMS Approach Mode is active.

LP/LPV (See Note)

Indicates the available level of service based on the


selected SBAS Approach in the flight plan and WAAS
Subsystem integrity predictions.

LNAV (See Note)

Indicates the available level of service based on the


selected SBAS Approach in the flight plan and WAAS
Subsystem integrity predictions.

VNAV (See Note)

Indicates the available level of service based on the


selected SBAS Approach in the flight plan and WAAS
Subsystem integrity predictions.

NOTE: Color varies depending on installation requirements.

Page x of y

34-60-49

Page 128
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

Aircraft Integration
<The following is a sample of what the integration discussion could represent. Fully and
accurately describe all switching procedures and display options where applicable.>
(1)

Collins EHSI-74 EHSI display of FMS Nav Information


NOTE: FMS can only be selected for use when a VOR frequency is tuned on the #1
Navigation receiver. Selection of an ILS frequency will cause the display to
revert to VHF Navigation.
When a valid navigation leg is selected on the FMS, guidance information can be
selected for display on the pilot's or copilots EHSI and ADI by selecting [FMS] on
the [FMS/NAV] switch on the Instrument Panel, adjacent to the ADI. Left/Right,
TO/FR, Nav Valid, Desired Track, Bearing to Waypoint, and Distance to Waypoint
will be depicted on the EHSI. With a valid VNAV leg defined on the FMS, vertical
deviation will be displayed
HSI DEVIATION SCALE FACTORS FOR 2 DOTS
MODE

LATERAL

VERTICAL

Enroute

2.0 nm

1500 ft.

Terminal

1.0 nm

492 ft.

Approach

2 degrees to 0.3 nm, then linear

GPA/4

NOTE: (0.3 nm is the default and may be


designated by database.)

(2)

Enroute Flight Director and Autopilot Operation


When a valid navigation leg is selected on the FMS, flight director lateral V-Bar
steering can be selected on the pilots ADI by selecting [NAV] mode on the APS-65
Flight Guidance Panel. Pushing [ENG] will couple the FMS steering to the autopilot.
NOTE: Only lateral steering is provided from the FMS. Select an appropriate vertical
mode on the APS-65.

(3)

Approach Operation
Instrument approaches may be linked into the flight plan and coupled to the autopilot
by selecting heading mode [HDG] then approach mode [APPR] on the autopilot
mode selector. A remote panel mounted APRCH annunciator illuminates whenever
FMS Approach Mode is active. Refer to Approach Procedures in the Operator's
Manual.

(4)

Vertical Navigation
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) mode is available for descent only. Pitch steering
commands for ENROUTE VNAV descent are not provided.

Page x of y

34-60-49

Page 129
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Section 5
No change to FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual.

Page y of y

34-60-49

Page 130
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Equipment Specifications
1.

Equipment Identification

A.

UNS-1Ew FMS Equipment


UNS-1Ew FMS Equipment
Component Name

Part Number

NCU Navigation Computer Unit

3017XX2X1

Configuration Module

30171

5-Inch FPCDU (optional)

1018-X-XXX

4-Inch FPCDU (optional)

1117-XX, 1117-X-XXX

Multifunction Control Display Unit (MCDU) (optional)

1025-01-X11

LP/LPV Monitor

3116-52-1110

DTU-100 Data Transfer Unit

140601X
1407011 (Portable unit)

SSDTU Solid State Data Transfer Unit

140800X
1409002 (Portable unit)

GNSS Antenna

10708

GPS/Sirius Antenna

10709

GPS/XM Weather and Radio Antenna

10710

34-60-49

Page 201
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

Compatible Peripheral Equipment


Compatible Peripheral Equipment
Component Name

Part Number

Application Server Unit (ASU)

3040-06-0X

LCS Loran-C Sensor

1040

LCS-850 Loran-C Sensor

104501

LCS LoranC Antenna

10401
10402 (LCS850)

GPS-1000 GPS Sensor

107501

GPS-1000A GPS Sensor

1078-01

GPS-1200 GPS Sensor

108001

GLS-1250 GPS Landing System

1086-01-00

GNSS-2400 GPS/GLONASS Sensor

1078-02

RRS Radio Reference Sensor

1058011X

RTU Radio Tuning Unit


Collins CSDB
ARINC RTU

1055
1056011X

Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS)

3010-0X-0X

UL-600 UniLink

1065-XX-0X0

UL-601 UniLink

1066-XX-0X0

UL-700 UniLink

1067-XX-XXX

UL-701 UniLink

1068-XX-XXX

UniVision

3070-0X-0X

Vision-1

3015-00-00

34-60-49

Page 202
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

Technical Manuals
NOTE: Refer to the following manuals for further information about compatible peripheral
equipment. These manuals are available from Universal Avionics Systems
Corporation.
Technical Manuals
Component

Report Number

Application Server Unit (ASU)

Report No. 46-20-03

FMS Configuration Manual

Report No. 34-61-XX

FMS Interface Manual

Report No. 34-60-53

LCS - LoranC Antenna

Report No. 34-50-13

LCS Loran-C Sensor

Report No. 34-50-13

GPS-1000 GPS Sensor

Report No. 34-50-03

GPS-1000A GPS Sensor

Report No. 34-50-08

GPS-1200 GPS Sensor

Report No. 34-50-04

GLS-1250 GPS Landing System

Report No. 34-30-01

GNSS-2400 GPS/GLONASS Sensor

Report No. 34-50-08

RRS - Radio Reference Sensor

Report No. 34-50-10

RTU Radio Tuning Unit


Collins CSDB
ARINC RTU

Report No. 23-80-05

Terrain Awareness and Warning System

Report No. 34-40-01

UL-600 UniLink

Report No. 23-20-01

UL-601 UniLink

Report No. 23-20-02

UL-700 UniLink

Report No. 23-20-03

UL-701 UniLink

Report No. 23-20-04

UniVision

Report No. 23-30-03

Universal Cockpit Display (UCD)

Report No.46-20-01

Vision-1

Report No. 34-40-03

34-60-49

Page 203
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

UNS-1Ew Part Number Matrix


3017 - X X - 2 X 1
Basic UNS-1Ew P/N
MMMS with WAAS/SBAS = 3
FMS with WAAS/SBAS = 4
Gray = 1
Black = 2
Gray, NVG = 5
Black, NVG = 6
Video & Graphics = 2
ARINC & Analog = 1
Dual ARINC (All Digital) = 2
ASCB Version A = 3
Unused Variable = 1

E.

Configuration Module
The part number of the Configuration Module is 30171.

F.

5-Inch FPCDU
1018 - X - X X X
Basic Part Number
No Video = 1
Video = 2
Gray = 1
Black = 2
Gray, NVG = 5
Black, NVG = 6
No Graphics = 0
UniLink Graphics Capable = 1
Standard Glass = 0
Hi-Resolution Glass = 3

34-60-49

Page 204
11 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


G.

4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-XX)


1117 - X X
Basic P/N
Aft Position = 5
Forward Position = 6
Gray = 1
Black = 2

H.

4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-X-XXX)

1117 - X - X X X
Basic P/N
No Video = 1
Video = 2
Gray = 1
Black = 2
Gray, NVG = 5
Black, NVG = 6
No Graphics = 0
UniLink Graphics Capable = 1
Aft Position = 5
Forward Position = 6
I.

Multifunction Control Display Unit (MCDU)


1018 - 0 1 - X 1 1
Basic P/N
Future Use Variable = 0
Future Use Variable = 1
Gray = 1
Black = 2
Gray, NVG = 5
Black, NVG = 6
Future Use Variable = 1
Future Use Variable = 1

34-60-49

Page 205
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


J.

Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100)


1406 - 01 - X

Basic Part Number for Cockpit DTU-100


Future Use
Gray Faceplate = 1
Black Faceplate = 2

K.

Portable Data Transfer Unit (PDTU-100)

1407 - 01 - 1

Basic Part Number for Portable DTU-100


Future Use
L.

Solid State Data Transfer Unit


1408 - 00 - X

Basic Part Number for Cockpit SSDTU


Future Use
Gray Faceplate = 1
Black Faceplate = 2

M.

Portable Solid State Data Transfer Unit


1409 - 00 - 2

Basic Part Number for Portable SSDTU


Future Use
Black Faceplate = 2

34-60-49

Page 206
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


N.

UNS-1Ew Part Number Configuration


(1)

Digital and Analog Configuration (P/N 3017XX211)


This configuration has a CPU board, WAAS/ARINC board, WAAS/Analog board,
Analog board and Auxiliary board. The Analog board supplies AC pitch steering
outputs. These options are wired for analog navigational signals.

(2)

All Digital Configuration (P/N 3017XX221)


This configuration has a CPU board, WAAS/ARINC board, WAAS/Analog board
and Auxiliary board. This option supports aircraft which do not require analog
interfaces other than annunciators and fuel flow inputs.

(3)

ASCB Version A Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-231)


This configuration has a CPU board, WAAS/ARINC board, WAAS/Analog board,
ASCB board and Auxiliary board. The ASCB board provides the FMS with an
interface to the ASCB Version A data bus that was developed by Honeywell and
supplements ARINC, CSDB and analog interfaces of the FMS. The ASCB board
hardware supports data bus Version A only.

(4)

Standard Interface Capabilities:

Air Data Computer Input ARINC 429 or 575

ARINC Inputs/Outputs
8 Inputs/5 Outputs (P/N 3017-XX-211, 3017-XX-231)
16 Inputs/8 Outputs (P/N 3017-XX-221)

Radar Input ARINC 429 and 571

Long Range Nav Sensors (Total of five including internal GPS)


IRS 3 Maximum
GPS/GNSS 3 Maximum 3 External/1 Internal
GPS/IRS 3 Maximum
AFIS 1 Maximum (uses ARINC 429 long range port)
AHRS 429 Magnetic HDG Input (uses long range port)

HSI/EFIS/MFD Outputs
429 High and Low Speed, Moving Map, Pseudo ILS, VNAV
571 Navigation and Radar Data
561 Navigation and Radar Data

Analog Interface Capabilities


Synchro Heading Input
Roll Command Steering Output
Analog AC Pitch Steering
Standard Analog Outputs Including:
Desired Track Synchro
Bearing To Waypoint Synchro
Lateral and Vertical Deviation
Flags and Valids
TO/FROM

34-60-49

Page 207
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Fuel Flow Interface Capabilities Fuel Flow Processing Available.


Interfaces with fuel flow systems outputting:
DC Analog
G.E. AC pickoff
Pulse Width and Frequency
Intertechnique Pulse
ARINC Digital
Interfaces include some models of the following manufacturers: Ametek,
Canadian Marconi (CMA), Eldec, X & O Engineering, General Electric
(G.E.), Gull, Howell, Intertechnique, J.E.T., Ragen, and Simmonds Precision
fuel flow systems.

34-60-49

Page 208
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

2.

Power Specifications
Power specifications for the components of the FMS and compatible peripherals are as
follows:
NOTE: Current and power values for the FMS include powering one integrated FPCDU. In
addition, FMS power specifications are based on the particular configuration that
will consume the most power. All other configurations use less.
Component
Type

Current (A @ V)

Power (W @ V)

Part Number

19.0 V
Min

27.5 V
Nominal

32.0 V
Max

19.0 V
Min

27.5 V
Nominal

32.0 V
Max

FMS

3017-XX-2X1

2.90

2.41

2.38

55.10

66.27

76.16

5-Inch FPCDU

1018-X-XXX

0.9

0.6

0.6

17.1

16.5

19.2

4-Inch FPCDU

1117-XX

0.9

0.6

0.6

17.1

16.5

19.2

4-Inch FPCDU

1117-X-XX3
1117-X-XX4
w/o Mod 9

0.9

0.87

0.75

17.1

23.93

24.0

4-Inch FPCDU

1117-X-XX3
1117-X-XX4
with Mod 9

1.15

1.50

1.55

21.85

41.25

49.60

4-Inch FPCDU

1117-X-XX5
1117-X-XX6

0.74

0.51

0.44

14.06

14.03

14.08

LP/LPV Monitor

3116-52-1110

3.21

2.70

2.64

60.99

74.25

84.48

1055

0.5

0.3

0.3

9.5

8.3

9.6

1056-01-XX

0.7

0.5

0.4

13.8

13.2

12.8

DTU-100

1406-01-X

0.3

0.3

0.2

5.7

11.0

6.4

Portable
DTU-100

1407-01-1

0.3

0.4

0.2

5.7

11.0

6.4

SSDTU

1408-00-X

0.41

0.3

0.28

7.79

8.4

8.96

Portable
SSDTU

1409-00-2

0.41

0.3

0.28

7.79

8.4

8.96

RRS

1058

1.1

0.8

0.7

20.9

22.0

19.2

LCS

1040

1.1

0.7

0.6

20.9

19.3

19.2

GPS-1000

1075-01

0.33

0.23

0.20

6.27

6.33

6.40

GPS-1200

1080-01

0.4

0.3

0.3

7.6

8.3

9.6

RTU
RTU (ARINC)

34-60-49

Page 209
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

3.

Equipment Specifications
The following tables list the physical, environmental and electrical parameters of the Flight
Management System.

A.

UNS-1Ew
Characteristics

B.

Size

5.75 W x 6.38 H x 8.98" D

Weight:

8.1 lbs.

Mounting

1/4 turn Dzus Fasteners

Power Requirements (nominal)

27.5 VDC, 2.66 A, .73.15 W

Keypad Lighting

2.77 A @28 VDC


1.18 A @5 VDC/5 VAC

LP/LPV Monitor (P/N 3116521110)


Characteristics
Size
Weight:
Mounting
Power Requirements (nominal)

C.

Specifications

Specifications
2MCU 2.24 W x 7.64 H x 15.26" D
6.7 lbs.
2MCU Rack
27.5 VDC, 2.70 A, 74.25 W

5-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1018-X-XXX)


Characteristics

Specifications

Size

5.75" W x 6.37" H x 4.177" D

Component Weight

1018-X-XX0 3.8 lbs.


1018-X-XX3 (w/o Mod 9) 4.1 lbs.
1018-X-XX3 (with Mod 9) 3.3 lbs.

Mounting

1/4 turn Dzus Fasteners

Power Requirements

Power input from NCU 19.2 W maximum


(Startup may be higher)

Panel Lighting

0.46 A @ 28 V maximum or
1.54 A @ 5 V maximum

34-60-49

Page 210
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

4-Inch FPCDU
Characteristics

Specifications

Size

5.75" W x 4.50" H x 3.25" D

Component Weight

1117-XX
1117-X-XX3
1117-X-XX4
1117-X-X05
1117-X-X06
1117-X-X15
1117-X-X16

Mounting

1/4 turn Dzus Fasteners

Power Requirements

Power input from NCU 19.2 W maximum


(Startup may be higher)

Panel Lighting

1117-XX, 1117-X-XX3, 1117-X-XX4 - 0.5 A @


28 V maximum 1.6 A @ 5 V maximum

2.6 lbs.
2.9 lbs.
2.9 lbs.
2.41 lbs.
2.41 lbs.
2.47 lbs.
2.47 lbs.

1117-X-XX5, 1117-X-XX6 - 0.4 A @ 28 V


maximum 2.07 A @ 5 V maximum,
also an internal heater for brightness
stabilization draws approximately 1.0 amp

E.

Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) (P/N 1406-01-X)


Characteristics

Specifications

Size

5.750" W x 2.124" H x 8.14" D

Component Weight

3.25 lbs. (P/N 140601X)


5.8 lbs. (P/N 1407011) (Portable)

Power Requirements

18 VDC @ 0.22 A
27.5 VDC @ 0.350 A Nominal

Mounting

F.

1/4 Turn DZUS Fasteners


(140601X only)

SSDTU (P/N 1408-00-X)


Characteristics
Size
Weight
Mounting
Power Requirements (nominal)

Specifications
5.750 W x 2.250 H x 7.764" D
2.4 lbs.
1/4 Turn Dzus Fastener
27.5 VDC, 0.3 A, 8.4 W

34-60-49

Page 211
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


G.

Portable SSDTU (P/N 1409-00-2)


Characteristics

Specifications

Unit Size

6 W x 12.5 H x 5.5" D

Weight

N/A

Power Requirements

27.5 VDC, 0.3 A, 8.4 W

Cooling

N/A

Mounting

SSDTU mounted in portable carrying case

Interconnect Wiring Harness


Part Numbers (see NOTE)

P/N 81304072 PSSDTU J1 to aircraft bulkhead J1


(New installation and previous Portable DTU-100
connection)

Contact Universal Avionics for


more information.

P/N 81140811 PSSDTU J2 to aircraft bulkhead J2


(Previous Portable DTU-100 connection)
P/N 81140821 PSSDTU J2 to aircraft bulkhead J2
(New installation)

NOTE: When using the Portable SSDTU in new installations or upgrading the Portable
DTU-100 bulkhead connectors to the Portable SSDTU bulkhead connectors, up
to 8 Ethernet ports may be wired and configured.
When bulkhead connectors from a prior Portable DTU-100 installation are used
for the Portable SSDTU, up to 4 Ethernet ports may be available for use and
configuration. Consult aircraft wiring diagrams to verify the number of Ethernet
ports that are wired.

34-60-49

Page 212
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


H.

GPS Antenna (P/N 10708)


Characteristics

Specifications

Weight
Frequency
VSWR
Polarization
Radiation Pattern

0.5 lbs.
1575.42 10.23 MHz
1.5:1
Right Hand Circular
Elevation Angle
Gain (dBic)
(degrees
0
-5
5
-3.5
10
0
20
2
30
2
30<Elev.<75
2.5
>75
3.0
Impedance
50 Ohms
Gain
30 3 dB
Stability
Unconditionally stable for any source or load
impedance
Power Handling
1 Watt
Power Requirements
4.5-15 VDC
Power Consumption
60.0 mA (max)
Rejection @ SatCom frequency of 1625 >60 dB
MHz
Icing
With 0.050 thick hard ice on radome, a gain
decrease of no greater than 2 dB from no ice
condition when signal viewed at 30 degrees or
greater elevation with respect to horizon.
TSO
C190

34-60-49

Page 213
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


I.

WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius Antenna (P/N 10709)


Overall Antenna Specifications
Characteristics
Weight
Altitude
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
GPS Connector
SIRIUS Connector

Specifications
0.5 lbs.
55,000 ft.
-55C to +71C
-55C to +85C
TNCF
TNCF

WAAS (SBAS) GPS Antenna Specifications


Characteristics
Frequency
Polarization
Axial Ratio
Radiation Pattern

Gain
Impedance
VSWR
Power Handling
Power Requirements
Power Consumption

Specifications
1575.42 10.23 MHz
Right Hand Circular
3 dB Max at Bore Site
Elevation Angle
0
5
10
20
30
30< Elev. 75
>75
30 3 dB
50 Ohms
1.5:1
1 Watt
4.5-15 VDC
60.0 mA (Max)

Gain (dBic)
-5
-3.5
0
2
2
2.5
3.0

Sirius Antenna Specifications


Characteristics
Frequency
Polarization
Axial Ratio
Radiation Pattern

Gain
Impedance
VSWR
Power Requirements
Power Consumption

Specifications
2319.5 2332.5 MHz
Left Hand Circular
3 dB Max at Bore Site
Elevation Angle
5
15
5 Increments 30 Elev. 60
Bore Site
24.5 2 dB
50 Ohms
1.5:1
3.6-5.5 VDC
55.0 mA (Max)

34-60-49

Gain (dBic)
-10
-3
0
5

Page 214
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

J.

WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Weather and Radio Antenna (P/N 10710)


Overall Antenna Specifications
Characteristics

Weight
Altitude
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
GPS Connector
XM Connector

Specifications
0.5 lbs.
55,000 ft.
-55C to +70C
-55C to +85C
TNCF
TNCF

WAAS/SBAS GPS Antenna Specifications


Characteristics
Frequency
Polarization
Axial Ratio
Radiation Pattern

Gain
Impedance
VSWR
Rejection at SatCom Freq 1625 MHz
Power Handling
Power Requirements
Power Consumption

Specifications
1575.42 10.23 MHz
Right Hand Circular
3 dB Max at Bore Site
Elevation Angle
0
5
10
20
30
30< Elev. 75
>75
30 3 dB
50 Ohms
1.5:1
50 dB
1 Watt
4.5-15 VDC
60.0 mA (Max)

Gain (dBic)
-5
-3.5
0
+2
+2
+2.5
+3.0

XM Weather and Radio Antenna Specifications


Characteristics
Frequency
Polarization
Axial Ratio
Radiation Pattern

Gain
Impedance
VSWR
Band Rejection
Power Requirements
Power Consumption

Specifications
2332.5 2345 MHz
Left Hand Circular
3 dB Max at Bore Site
Elevation Angle
20
25
5 Increments 30 Elev. 60
Bore Site
24 2 dB
50 Ohms
1.5:1
25 dB @ F230
3.6-5.5 VDC
55.0 mA (Max)

34-60-49

Gain (dBic)
0.0
+0.5
+2.0
-2.35

Page 215
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


K.

WAAS FMS Annunciators


NOTE: Annunciators are not available from Universal Avionics System Corporation.
The following is a suggested list of manufacturers, part numbers and descriptions of
annunciators used in a typical WAAS FMS installation.
Aerospace Optics
3201 Sandy Lane
Fort Worth, TX 76112
(888) VIVISUN
(888) 848 4786

Eaton Corporation
Aerospace Controls Division
1640 Monrovia Ave.
Costa Mesa , CA 92627
(800) 300-9320
(949) 642-2427

Annunciator

Color

Company

Part Number

FMS1 LPV
LOS

Green Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-39224 (4G3 FMS1 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(G,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS2 LPV
LOS

Green Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-39225 (4G3 FMS2 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(G,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS LPV
LOS

Green Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-40262 (4G3 FMS LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(G,G,G,G),P37,109
FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV

FMS1 LPV
LOS

White Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-40263 (4A3 FMS1 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(D,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS2 LPV
LOS

White Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-40264 (4A3 FMS2 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(D,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS LPV
LOS

White Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-40265 (4A3 FMS LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(D,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS1 LPV
LOS

Blue Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-40266 (4T3 FMS1 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(L,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS2 LPV
LOS

Blue Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-40267 (4T3 FMS2 LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(L,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

34-60-49

Page 216
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Annunciator

Color

Company

Part Number

FMS LPV
LOS

Blue Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-DA-40268 (4T3 FMS LOS; 5G3 LPV; 6G3 LNAV; 7G3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-20A0B0C3F84L520N15(L,G,G,G),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

NOTE: The following annunciators are applicable for use with Night Vision equipment.
FMS1 LPV
LOS

Green Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40269 (4J3 FMS1 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS2 LPV
LOS

Green Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40270 (4J3 FMS2 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS LPV
LOS

Green Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40271 (4J3 FMS LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS1 LPV
LOS

White Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40272 (4Q3 FMS1 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS1,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS2 LPV
LOS

White Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40273 (4Q3 FMS2 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS2,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS LPV
LOS

White Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40274 (4Q3 FMS LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

582-40A0B0C3F4L60N15(F,F,F,F),P37,109
(FMS,LOS/LPV/LNAV/VNAV)

FMS1 LPV
LOS

Blue Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40275 (4E3 FMS1 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

N/A (Eaton does not have blue NVG compatible annunciators.)

FMS2 LPV
LOS

Blue Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40276 (4E3 FMS2 LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

N/A (Eaton does not have blue NVG compatible annunciators.)

FMS LPV
LOS

Blue Green

Aerospace
Optics

LED-40-18-MA-40277 (4E3 FMS LOS; 5J3 LPV; 6J3 LNAV; 7J3


VNAV)

LNAV VNAV

Green Green

Eaton

N/A (Eaton does not have blue NVG compatible annunciators.)

34-60-49

Page 217
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

4.

Installation Kits

A.

UNS-1Ew FMS Installation Kit P/N K12024


NOTE: Configuration Module, P/N 30171, is not part of the installation kit.
Quantity
1

Part Number
83002611

Description
J1 Connector, Plug, Circular,
61POS (A CLKD)

or
MS27473T24F61SA
1

83002610

J2 Connector, Plug, Circular,


61POS (STD CLK)

or
MS27473T24F61S
1

83002613

J3 Connector, Plug, Circular,


61POS (D CLKD)

or
MS27473T24F61SD
3

83001992

Backshell/Strain Relief

or
M85049/49-2S24N

B.

UNS-1lFw/1Lw (LP/LPV Monitor) Installation Kit P/N K12075


NOTE: This Installation Kit is applicable to the LP/LPV Monitor.
Quantity
1

NOTE:

Part Number
80009000
or
93921-1
83303130
or
S612MGLNW2P0004AN
SB612MGLNW2P0004AN
88600063
or
MS51957-28
88600200 (see Note)
or
MS51957-35
88640094
or
MS21083C06

Description
Tray, 2 MCU
Barry Controls
ARINC Plug, 2 MCU
Souriau
Souriau
Screw, 6-32 x 3/8 Pan Head

Screw, 6-32 x 1.25 Pan Head

Nut, #6, Hex, Self-Locking

The 1.25 screws (P/N 88600200) included with the kit are not used for the
installation of the LP/LPV Monitor.

34-60-49

Page 218
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

4-Inch and 5-Inch FPCDU Installation Kit P/N K12026-4


Quantity
1

D.

Part Number or Equivalent


83001150
or
91-577049-15S (Amphenol)
83002086
or
MS27473T12F8S or
MS27473T12A8S or
MS27473T12B8S
83002087
or
M85049/49-2-12W or
M85049/49-2-12A or
M85049/49-2-12N
83001087-02
or
MS27473T12F8SC

Description
FPCDU connector
Amphenol
Video connector
Amphenol/Bendix,
Burndy/Souriau, ITT Cannon, or
Matrix Science
Video connector backshell

UniLink connector

Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) Installation Kit P/N K12050


Quantity
1

Part Number
83001150

Description
Connector J1

or

91-577049-15S
JT06RE-14-15S(SR)
JT06RT-14-15S(SR)
MS27473E14F15S(SR)

Amphenol
Amphenol
Amphenol

83002152

Connector, J2, Plug 15P Circular


Size 14 (C CLKD)

or
MS27473T14F15SC
1

83001157-02
or

Strain Relief, Crimp Circular,


Plug, Size 14, Olive Drab

M85049/49-2-14W

34-60-49

Page 219
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


E.

Portable Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100) Installation Kit P/N K12050-1


Quantity
1

Part Number
83000131
or
MS27472E10A35S

Description
DTU Connector, J1, Receptacle,
Size 10, 13-SKT, Crimp, Wall
Mount, (STD CLK)

MS27472E10B35S
MS27472E10F35S
1

83002154
or
MS27472E14B15PC

F.

DTU Connector, J2, Receptacle,


Circular, Size 14, 15P Male Crimp
Type, Panel Mount W/ Flange

SSDTU Installation Kit P/N K12079-1


Quantity
1

Part Number
83000255
or

Description
Connector J2, Plug,16 Shell
Circular 55P Crimp (STD CLK)

MS27473T16A35S
MS27473T16B35S
1

83000257
or

Backshell J2, 16 Straight, Circular


Connector (Electroless Nickel)

M85049/49-2S16N
1

83001150
or

Connector J1, Plug,14 Shell 15P


Circular W/Strain-Relief

91-577049-15S
JT06RE-14-15S(SR)
JT06RT-14-15S(SR)
MS27473E14F15S(SR)

Amphenol
Amphenol
Amphenol

83001157-1

Bushing for J1 Strain Relief, Size


14

or
687-340-14

Glenair Inc.

34-60-49

Page 220
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


G

Portable SSDTU Installation Kit P/N K12079-2


Quantity
1

Part Number
83000131
or
MS27472E10A35S
MS27472E10B35S
MS27472E10F35S

H.

83000558

Connector, Size 10, 13-SKT,


Crimp, Wall Mount (STD CLK)
Cadmium Finish
Olive Drab Finish
Electroless Nickel Finish

or

Connector, Circular, Size 16, 55


POS Crimp, Wall-Mount, (STD
CLK)

MS27472E16A35S
MS27472E16B35S
MS27472E16F35S

Cadmium Finish
Olive Drab Finish
Electroless Nickel Finish

GPS (WAAS) Antenna Installation Kit P/N K12021 (Use with UNS-1Ew FMS) (OEM
Only)
Quantity

Part Number

Description

83201018

Plug, BNC, Straight, Crimp

or
031-326
PE4044
83202010

Amphenol
Pasternack Enterprise
Plug, BNC, Right Angle, Crimp

I.

Description

or
KC-59-246
M39012/20-0003

King Electronics

83217010

Plug, TNC, Angle, Crimp

or
31-2381

Amphenol

GPS (WAAS) Antenna Installation Kit K12080 (Use with LP/LPV Monitor)
Quantity
1

Part Number

Description

83211018

Connector, RF Coax, Crimp

or
225791-2

Tyco Electronics

83217010

Plug, TNC Angle, Crimp

or
31-2381

Amphenol

34-60-49

Page 221
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

5.

Required Tools

A.

Crimping Tools Required

B.

6.

(1)

UNS-1Ew J1, J2 and J3 socket contacts: M22520/1-01

(2)

Portable DTU-100 panel-mounted socket contacts: M22520/2-01

(3)

GPS coaxial cable: no special tools required

Pin Insertion/Extraction Tools Required


(1)

UNS-1Ew J1, J2 and J3 socket contacts: Red/White, Military P/N M81969/14-10


(Matrix P/N 6500-055-0020)

(2)

Portable DTU-100 socket contacts: Gray/White, Military P/N M81969/14-01 (Matrix


P/N 6500-048-0022)

(3)

GPS coaxial cable: no special tools required

Wire and Cable Manufacturers


The following is a list of wire and cable manufacturers that can supply, but are not the only
sources of, multi-conductor cables for use during installations.
Name and Address
A.E. Petsche Company, Inc.
2112 W. Division
Arlington, TX 76012
Calmont Engineering and
Electronics Corporation
420 E. Alton Ave.
Santa Ana, CA 92707
Electronic Cable Specialists
5300 W. Franklin Dr.
Franklin, WI 53132-8642
PIC Wire and Cable Supply, Inc.
N63 W22619 Main St.
Sussex, WI 53089

Wire and Cable Manufacturers


Mailing Address

Phone and Fax


(817) 461-9473

(714) 549-0336

P.O. Box 37497


Milwaukee, WI 53237-0497

(414) 421-5300
Fax: (414) 421-5301

P.O. Box 330


Sussex, WI 53089-0330

(414) 246-0500
(800) 742-3191
Fax (414) 246-0450

34-60-49

Page 222
19 January 2011

FPL

FUEL

PERF

VNAV

TUNE

DTO

MENU

LIST

NEXT

PRE
V

34-60-49

FRONT VIEW

5.745

5.381

U V W X Y Z

H I J K L M N
O P Q R S T

A B C D E F G

NAV

DATA

2
5
8
0

ENTER

ON/O
FF
DIM

BACK

1
4
7

5.236

0.560

SIDE VIEW

8.714

3. MATING CONNECTOR: SEE INSTALLATION KIT K12024

2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 8.1 LBS

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

NOTES:

MSG

3
6
9

6.246

1.728

U
S

CC

BB

MM

PP

2.279

T
S

CC

BB

MM

PP

J3

J1
b A
B
c C
w d D
e
x
E
f
y g F
LL
zh G
AA
i H
J
l
K

KK

JJ

v
GG HH

NN

Pm k
N M L

DD

X t
s FF
r EE

W
V
U

N M L

REAR VIEW

b A
B
c C
w d D
e
x
E
f
y g F
LL
zh G
AA
i H
J
l
KK

JJ

v
GG HH

NN

Pm k
N M L

DD

X t
s FF
r EE

J2

b A
X t u
v c B
GG HH
C
W
d D
s FF
JJ w
NN
V
e
r EE
PP
E
KK x
U
f
q DD
y g F
MM
LL
T
p
zh G
S
CC
n
BB AA
R
i H
J
Pm k l
Y

0.561

1.491

2.250

1.961

UNS-1Ew (P/N 3017-XX-2X1)

6.370

4.978

A.

3.25
APPROX

8.979

2.489

Equipment Drawings

UNIVERSAL

4.45
APPROX

7.

2.87
APPROX

2.63
APPROX

4.45
APPROX

TOP VIEW

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Page 223
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Viewing Angles for the UNS-1Ew FMS P/N 3017-XX-2X1

TOP VIEW

10

45
35

SIDE VIEW

NOTE:

WHEN VIEWING TAWS ON THE UNS-1Ew, THE MAXIMUM BOTTOM VIEWING


ANGLE IS 25 DEGREES.

34-60-49

Page 224
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

Configuration Module (P/N 31921) and Installation


1.60
1.76
0.188

0.375

0.75
0.302
NOTES:
0.369

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES


2. WEIGHT APPROXIMATELY 0.8 OZS

0.56

UNS-1Ew

STRAIN RELIEF
SCREW & WASHER
CONFIGURATION
MODULE

THREADED SIDE
OF WIRE CLAMP

Configuration Module Installation Instructions:

CONNECTOR

The UNS-1Ew configuration module is normally mounted on, and becomes part of the P1 connector strain relief.
The configuration module wires should be inserted into the P1 connector in accordance with the applicable wiring
diagram prior to mounting the configuration module on the strain relief.
It is permissible to mount the configuration module with the wires exiting toward the UNS-1Ew. It is also
permissable to install it on the bottom of the strain relief.
It is permissible, where space is limited, to not use the strain relief and to mount the configuration
module on or near the wire bundle.
Some early configuration modules were a slightly different shape but mounted in exactly the same manner.
Install the Configuration module as follows:
1. Remove and discard the non-threaded half of the connector strain relief wire clamp.
2. Position the configuration module on the strain relief as illustrated above, and using the threaded portion of
the strain relief, secure the wires as normal.

34-60-49

Page 225
19 January 2011

15

10

15
1

10

11

12

7.64

34-60-49

7.50

12.672

15.23

4.10

0.120

REAR CONNECTOR OF LP/LPV MONITOR IS KEYED AT #02 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600.

3. MATING CONNECTOR: SEE INSTALLATION KIT K12075.

2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 6.7 LBS.

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.

NOTES:

13

10

ABCDEFGHJK

1.37

6.36

1.10

UNIVERSAL

C.
2.170

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

LP/LPV Monitor (P/N 3016-52-1110)

Page 226
19 January 2011

34-60-49

0.69

0.20 DIA 2 PLCS

14.92

12.756

12.457

2.38

REAR CONNECTOR OF THE LP/LPV MONITOR IS KEYED TO #02 POLARIZATION PER ARINC 600.

3. MATING CONNECTOR: SEE INSTALLATION KIT K12075.

2. WEIGHT: RACK = 11.2 ozs., CONNECTOR = 9.0 ozs.

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.

NOTES:

1.312
2 PLACES

9.00

14.92

0.20 DIA 2 PLCS

1.77

2.50

7.28

D.

1.50

0.18 DIA 4 PLCS

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

LP/LPV Monitor 2MCU Rack (P/N 80009000)

Page 227
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


E.

5-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1018-X-XXX)


TOP VIEW
5.000

3.617

FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

UNIVERSAL

6.380

6.260
5.250

DATA

FUEL

NAV

VNAV

DTO

LIST

PREV

FPL

PERF

TUNE

MENU

NEXT

BACK

MSG

ON/OFF
DIM

B C D

L M N

F G

O P Q R S

U V W X Y

ENTER

5.365

0.560

5.750

3.25

REAR VIEW
J3

J2
J1

NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 3.8 LBS
3. MATING CONNECTOR: SEE INSTALLATION KIT K12026-4

34-60-49

Page 228
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Viewing Angles for the 5-Inch FPCDU P/N 1018-X-XX3 (Mod 10)

TOP VIEW

10

45
35

SIDE VIEW
NOTE:

WHEN VIEWING TAWS ON THE 5-INCH FPCDU, THE MAXIMUM BOTTOM VIEWING
ANGLE IS 25 DEGREES.

34-60-49

Page 229
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


F.

4-Inch FPCDU (P/N 1117-( ))


(1)

P/N 1117-XX, 1117-X-XX3 and 1117-X-XX4


0.884

4.985

J1

2.300

BACK VIEW

TOP VIEW

5.750
5.365

4.500
3.375

3.250

MSG

NAV

DATA

DTO

FUEL

FPL

TUNE

VNAV

PREV

LIST

NEXT

PWR
DIM

0.560

3.634

0.585

ENTER

FRONT VIEW

1
4
7
BACK

2
5
8
0

3
6
9

4.370

MENU

PERF

SIDE VIEW

NOTES:
1.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

34-60-49

Page 230
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

P/N 1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6


4.974
3.787
2.662
0.874

4.974
3.049

4.370

J3
J1

2.300

1.549

J2

TOP VIEW
BACK VIEW
5.750
5.365

4.500
3.375

MSG

NAV

DATA

DTO

FUEL

FPL

TUNE

VNAV

PREV

LIST

NEXT
PWR
DIM

0.560

A
H

3.634

0.585

ENTER

FRONT VIEW

1
4
7
BACK

2
5
8
0

3
6
9

3.250

4.370

MENU

PERF

SIDE VIEW

NOTES:
1.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

34-60-49

Page 231
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Forward and Aft Mount Top View (P/N 1117-X-XX5 and 1117-X-XX6)
MA
X

(3)

VI
EW

AN
GL

P/N 1117-X-XX5 and P/N 1117-X-XX6

45 deg.

CENTER LINE

SCREEN BOUNDRY

45 deg.
VI
EW
E
GL

AN
MA
EW

AN
GL
E

MA
X

Aft Mount Side View (P/N 1117-X-XX5)

P/N 1117-X-XX5

VI

(4)

FWD AND AFT MOUNT


TOP VIEW

35 deg.

SCREEN BOUNDRY

CENTER LINE
10 deg.
VIEW A

NGLE M
A

AFT MOUNT - SIDE VIEW

34-60-49

Page 232
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(5)

Forward Mount Side View (P/N 1117-X-XX6)

P/N 1117-X-XX6

VIEW

ANGLE

MAX
10 deg.

CENTER LINE

SCREEN BOUNDRY

35 deg.
EW
VI
E

GL
AN
X

MA

FWD MOUNT - SIDE VIEW

34-60-49

Page 233
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


G.

DTU-100 (P/N 1406-01-1X)


UNIVERSAL

5.750
2.250
0.562

7.762

1.88
3.60

0.38
2.124

5.00

DTU CONNECTOR
PIN IDENTIFICATION
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

L
K

2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 3.25 LBS

A
M
P

C
D

H
G F E

A
M B
N C
R
J
P
D
H
G F E
L

B
N

J1

34-60-49

J2

Page 234
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


H.

SSDTU (P/N 1408-00-X)


5.750

2.250

0.604

2.90

6.66

2.50

0.88

0.385
2.100

4.99
5.365
1.495

2.000

NOTES:
1.125

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES


2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 2.4 LBS

34-60-49

Page 235
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


I.

ERP (P/N 1015-1-XX) (Lear 60 Pro Line 4 installations only)


5.0

4.44

0.562

5.75

RANGE

HSI

MAP

TFC

RDR

NAV

BRG

TILT

1.12

1.00

0.562
UNIVERSAL

5.365

NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT: APPROXIMATELY 0.9 LBS

34-60-49

Page 236
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


J.

GPS Antenna (P/N 10708)

4X MOUNTING SCREWS
10-32 UNF-2A X 1.00 LONG
CROSS RECESSED
FLATHEAD S.S.
P/N MS23693-C276

0.50
0.75

TNC FEMALE
CONNECTOR

NITRILE O-RING
2.375 ID X 0.130 WIDE X .070 DEEP
P/N MS28775-142

0.75

4.700

3.000

1.600

0.800

0.70
CONNECTOR
CLEARANCE
HOLE: 0.63 DIA.

1.040
4X 0.22 THRU 0.385 DIA.
100 DEGREE

0.610
3.300

NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT APPROXIMATELY 0.5 LBS

34-60-49

Page 237
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


WAAS (SBAS) GPS/Sirius Antenna (P/N 10709)
4X MOUNTING SCREWS
10-32 UNF-2A X 1.00 LONG
CROSS RECESSED
FLATHEAD S.S.
P/N MS24693-C276

0.65
0.75

YELLOW

BLUE

SIRIUS
TNC FEMALE
CONNECTOR

GPS
TNC FEMALE
CONNECTOR

NITRILE O-RING
2.375 ID X 0.130 WIDE X 0.070 DEEP
P/N MS28775-142

CONNECTOR
CLEARANCE
HOLE: 0.63 DIA.

0.88

4.700

3.000

0.800

SIRIUS

1.600

GPS

K.

0.70
1.040
0.610

4X 0.22 THRU 0.385 DIA.


100 DEGREE

0.700

3.300

NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT APPROXIMATELY 0.5 LBS

34-60-49

Page 238
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


WAAS (SBAS) GPS/XM Weather and Radio Antenna (P/N 10710)
4X MOUNTING SCREWS
10-32 UNF-2A X 1.00 LONG
CROSS RECESSED
FLATHEAD S.S.
P/N MS24693-C276

0.65
0.75

YELLOW

BLUE

XM
TNC FEMALE
CONNECTOR

GPS
TNC FEMALE
CONNECTOR

NITRILE O-RING
2.375 ID X 0.130 WIDE X 0.070 DEEP
P/N MS28775-142

CONNECTOR
CLEARANCE
HOLE: 0.63 DIA.

0.88

4.700

3.000

1.600

0.800

XM

GPS

L.

0.70
0.70

1.040
0.610

4X 0.22 THRU 0.385 DIA.


100 DEGREE

0.700

3.300

NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
2. WEIGHT APPROXIMATELY 0.5 LBS

34-60-49

Page 239
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Installation and Wiring


1.

General
The basic Flight Management System architecture is shown in the Description and Operation
section for single and dual systems. Non-shielded wires are MIL-W-22759, and shielded
wires are MIL-W-27500 or equivalent.

A.

Form Dimensions and Communications


This FMS is designed to comply with the dimensional standards specified in ARINC
Specification 600, Air Transport Avionics Equipment Interfaces.
Inter-unit communications between navigation sensors/equipment and the FMS, as well as
between the FMS and the flight guidance system are transmitted and received in two-wire
ARINC 429 digital format. The digital ARINC 571 and 575 are also standard formats for
interface with navigation and air data systems. The FMS utilizes an aircraft mounted or
portable Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100 or SSDTU) connected through a 10base-T/100base-T
Ethernet for database loading and downloading from data storage devices (USB memory,
Secure Digital or Zip disk data storage devices).
A representative listing of compatible sensors and systems with which the FMS can
communicate, are in the Digital Inputs, Analog Inputs, Digital Outputs, and Analog Outputs
tables. Information about the formats/types of input and output data required and used for
each of the sensors/systems is also indicated in the table.
The tables are used to determine and select compatible sensors/systems for use with the FMS,
and obtain data format/type information for system interconnection strapping when installing
the sensors/systems.
The FMS is configured to a specific aircraft installation by the use of a configuration module
that is a part of the aircraft P1 connector. At the time of installation, the configuration module
is programmed through keypad inputs to completely define the sensor input ports, fuel flow
types, air data type, EFIS interface etc. A replacement FMS of both the same part number and
SCN can be installed without having to reprogram the FMS because the configuration
module retains the programmed information for the aircraft.

B.

Sensor/Equipment Compatibility/Selection
When determining compatibility and selecting sensors, the following information applies:
The FMS is capable of receiving inputs from a variety of short and long-range sensors. The
signal input type from these sensors must be in a digital format to properly interface with the
FMS. The number of sensors the FMS is capable of using is determined by the type of FMS
and the number of available input ports. Some sensor inputs are port specific. This must be a
consideration when multiple sensor inputs are used.
(1)

IRS or IRS/GPS Sensors


A maximum of three may be used configured in any order or combination. All IRS or
IRS/GPS sensors are to be of the same type.

34-60-49

Page 301
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

GPS Sensors
A maximum of three GPS sensors, including GLS, GNSS, GPS, Internal GPS/WAAS
and Hybrid GPS and IRS sensors may be used. These sensors can be configured in
any order or combination.
The FMS, in conjunction with either an internal GPS/WAAS or an appropriate
external GPS, is certifiable for use as a primary means of navigation in
remote/oceanic airspace using GPS in accordance with the provisions of AC 20-138A
Appendix 1. There are specific FMS hardware and software requirements as well as
GPS/WAAS hardware and software requirements. Additionally, a RAIM prediction
program is required to verify that adequate integrity will exist for the proposed flight.

(3)

RRS Sensor
An RRS may be used in place of DME/VOR/TACAN receivers. (The RRS contains
the electronics of a multichannel DME/TACAN receiver-transmitter with a VOR
receiver. The RRS is tuned remotely by the FMS using the ARINC 429 data bus.)

(4)

RRS/RTU
The RRS and RTU can be installed and used in the same aircraft. The RRS provides
radio navigation inputs and the RTU is used for pilot command tuning of radios. In
the event of an RRS failure, the pilot must select CSDB tuning of the DME (if
installed) to allow uninterrupted DMEDME navigation.
The FMS provides optional radio tuning of COM, NAV, ADFs and transponders via
CSDB or ARINC 429, depending on radio manufacture and type. It may also be
dependent on the use of Universals Radio Tuning Unit (RTU). If an RTU is used, the
RTU software version must be compatible with the FMS software. Tuning of the
VHF NAV and DME for navigation does not require an external RTU because tuning
is handled by the FMS.

(5)

Air Data
Air data must be supplied in ARINC 429 or 575 formats. If an analog air data
computer is installed in the aircraft, an Air Data Converter Unit (ACU) may be an
option. The ACU will convert the analog air data to ARINC 429. If the aircraft has no
TAS source, an air data computer must be installed.
The type of air data input (barometric altitude, pressure altitude or both) provided by
the air data source must be verified. The FMS must be configured to exactly match
these inputs. Both barometric altitude and pressure altitude must be configured if the
advanced performance option is enabled with the FMS.
The accuracy of the air data is also a consideration when the FMS will be certified for
VNAV or 3D coupled approaches. If the accuracy is not sufficient, then only lateral
approach operation will be possible.
Universal requires the use of barometric altitude. Without barometric altitude, SIDs
and STARs with altitude terminators and missed approach procedures cannot be
flown. Also, VNAV operation below 18,000 feet is not possible and the system is
limited to enroute navigation and 2D approaches only. Flight manual supplement
limitations will be required.

34-60-49

Page 302
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(6)

ARINC Radio Tune Unit (ARTU)


The ARTU provides interface between the FMS and the Collins 429 radios using the
Collins RTU-870 Radio Tuning Unit. Radios may be tuned via the UASC FMS or the
Collins RTU-870. The UASC FMS and the Collins RTU-870 are interactive and no
external switching is required.

(7)

Display Interfaces
Instrument display input signal type must be determined (either analog or digital) and
if digital, the format (ARINC 429, 561, 571) must also be determined.
(a)

Universals Electronic Flight Instrument (EFI) and Multi-Function Display


(MFD)
Universal EFIs (ND/HSI and ADI) and MFD when interfaced with
Universals FMS are capable of correctly displaying navigation and flight plan
data. EFI and MFD displays give the operator the capability to select and
display needed information on demand as flight data changes occur.

(b)

Electro-mechanical Instruments
Aircraft that incorporate electro-mechanical instruments may not have
autocourse slewing. This requires the flight crew to manually position the
course pointer to display desired track. Bearing pointers may also not be
compatible due to load problems and may require the addition of an amplifier.

(c)

EFIS
CAUTION: IF 429 ADV IS PROGRAMMED WITHOUT A
COMPATIBLE EFIS, THE FLIGHT PLAN WILL BE
DRAWN INCORRECTLY. 429 GAMA MUST BE
PROGRAMMED WITH ANALOG INSTRUMENT
INTERFACES OR NON-COMPATIBLE EFIS.
Collins EFIS 85/86 status B-4, B-14, C-4, C-14, E-F, E-14 or Bendix/King
EFIS 40/50 (SG 65 symbol generators) or equivalent can be configured for
interface by selecting 429 ADV. When 429 ADV is selected, the EFIS will be
capable of correctly displaying a flight plan on the map display when the flight
plan contains a gap or procedural leg. The map display will draw the flight
plan line to the last fixed waypoint before the gap or procedural leg and end
there. The flight plan display will start again at the next fixed waypoint after
the gap and be drawn to the following waypoints.
When interfaced to EFIS displays the FMS must be correctly configured for
signal type (429 ADV, 429 GAMA, EDZ 705, 429 DHC, ASCB, etc.).
Display scaling for each EFIS display must be addressed, not all EFIS displays
meet the necessary criteria for approaches. With ARINC 429 EFIS interfaces
where the EFIS is not compliant with TSO C-129 scaling requirements, the
system may be restricted to the use of flight director steering only for terminal
and approach operations. The installer should discuss the issue with the
certification agency before proceeding with the installation. Analog and
ARINC 561 displays usually present no problems.

34-60-49

Page 303
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(8)

Universals Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS)


When interfaced with a Universal FMS, the TAWS system is able to provide terrain
awareness information based on information from the FMS. The information from the
FMS provides TAWS with the ability to determine the aircrafts state and intent and
provide caution and warning alerts. The FMS is capable of displaying maps and
symbology generated by TAWS. TAWS provides Flight Plan Look Ahead terrain
alerts by comparing the FMS flight plan to terrain databases.

(9)

Radar
The FMS can be configured to accept input from one or two radar sensors. When two
radar sensors are used, one must be a Doppler radar and the other must be a 429, 571,
or 1500 radar. The FMS supports the following radar systems:
 Collins WXR300 MFD
 Sperry Data Nav III
 Bendix Radar Nav IU2023B
 Bendix Radar 1500 IU1507A
 Racal Avionics Limited Doppler 91
 AN/ASN137 Doppler
NOTE: For further compatibility information on specific equipment, refer to the
applicable sensor manual.

(10)

Annunciators
Standard annunciations provided by the FMS are: FMS HDG (heading), FMS SXTK
(selected crosstrack), MSG (message), WPT (waypoint), DR (dead reckoning) and
FMS APPR (approach). If utilizing GPS for approach or for GPS Primary Means of
Navigation, then GPS INTEG (GPS integrity) will be required. Universals FMS
outputs discretes for these annunciations. Annunciator signals are also provided on
the applicable busses for use in EFIS installations when desired. On EFIS systems
which display G/S (glideslope) in lieu of VNAV (vertical deviation) during FMS
approach mode, a PSEUDO ILS annunciator may be required to alert the flight crew
that the vertical display is FMS generated information and not sourced or provided
glideslope information. There may be minor variations to the actual nomenclature
displayed but the FMS modes must be in some way displayed and annunciated.
Level of Service (LOS) discretes are provided by the WAAS subsystem for SBAS
approaches. These non-configurable discretes are LPV, LNAV/VNAV and LNAV
(LOS 1, LOS 2 and LOS 3 respectively). These provide annunciation for the LOS in
installations not interfaced with Universals EFI-890R or EFI-550.

34-60-49

Page 304
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(11)

Enroute Steering Interfaces


Many existing long-range navigation systems have been interfaced in the past to flight
guidance/autopilot systems via left/right deviation steering only. This was adequate
for those systems capable of only enroute navigation. However, new and advanced
systems require that roll steering be used. By using a roll command interface the FMS
can provide steering for all procedural leg types including heading to altitude, DME
arcs, holding patterns, turn anticipation, procedure turns and other complex
maneuvers.

(12)

The FMS outputs roll command steering at 393 mV/deg for enroute and terminal
navigation and roll steering only approaches. Interface with flight director/autopilot
normally uses a designated LRN input to the F/D and A/P equipment or through the
HDG channel with external switching. F/D and A/P coupled operation utilizing L/R
deviation only is not recommended and is not certifiable.
If a designated LRN F/D and A/P input is not available (specifically the J.E.T. FC200 F/D and A/P) a Universal Steering Interface Unit (SIU) can be utilized to switch
the roll command steering signal to the F/D and A/P and properly scale the 393
mV/deg. The SIU will also command the necessary logic to annunciate the
appropriate modes of operation.
Approach Functions and Options
Universal FMS systems have been certified in the United States and other countries
for GPS only, GPS overlay, VOR, VOR/DME, TACAN, RNAV and NDB nonprecision approaches using GPS as the navigation sensor. Approaches of these types
contained in the FMS published navigation database include approach transitions and
missed approach segments. The FMS systems use GPS combined with other
navigation sensors and baro-corrected altitude data to provide lateral and vertical
guidance from the Final Approach Fix (FAF) to the runway and then to the missed
approach and missed approach holding waypoints.
At approach initiation, when the approach mode is selected on the Control Display
Unit by the pilot, the GPS will remain selected when the approach definition data
used is contained within the FMS on-board published database as an approved GPS
approach. If the approach from the database is not a published GPS approach then the
sensor will automatically be deselected at approach initiation.
Generally there are several ways of installing Universals FMS for approach
operations. It must be decided how the FMS is to be certified concerning approaches;
whether or not the FMS approach capability will be roll steering only, or roll steering
with VDEV displayed, fully 3D coupled or RNAV(GPS) approach procedures using a
WAAS/GPS sensor calculated position. This determination will dictate which
additional annunciation(s) will be required to be added to the cockpit for certification,
which strapping will be required on certain EFIS systems, etc.
Using the WAAS/GPS sensor calculated position, the FMS provides localizer
performance and vertical guidance for WAAS approach procedures. A WAAS
approach is one that is charted as RNAV (GPS) and approved for WAAS. In addition
to standard Lateral Navigation (LNAV) guidance, the FMS provides lateral and
vertical guidance for Lateral Navigation/Vertical Navigation (LNAV/VNAV) and

34-60-49

Page 305
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Localizer Performance with Vertical Guidance (LPV) approach minimums for
WAAS approaches. LNAV/VNAV approaches use lateral and vertical guidance from
the FMS for a controlled descent to the runway. An LPV approach is similar to an
LNAV/VNAV approach except it has lower approach minimums and requires dual
FMS installation.
The FMS can also provide a 2D coupled (along track and crosstrack) operation using
the roll steering input channel to the FGS. The approach gain for the roll steering
output from the FMS is configurable to provide a more aggressive path following for
approaches. A gain of 3X is recommended. The FGS will remain in NAV mode; the
FMS will steer the approach transition segments and final approach using the same
roll steering command input that is used for enroute operations. In this case, it is very
desirable to provide a vertical display on the HSI of the pseudo glideslope VNAV
deviation. Coupled vertical approach will not be possible with this interface design
and it will be up to the flight crew to make the descent using another FGS mode.
From an interface standpoint, this is the simplest method to interface for approaches.
The limitation of this interface is the lack of coupled vertical ILS-like operation.
Some installations such as the LR-60, LR-31, Dash 8, Falcon 2000 and Astra SPX do
use pitch command for approach mode but this is not the typical scenario for retrofit
installations.
A third method of interfacing the FMS for approach involves 3D fully coupled
pseudo ILS approaches. This is accomplished by switching FMS analog lateral and
vertical deviation signals in place of real ILS data to the HSI and FGS. During the
approach transition segments with NAV mode selected on FGS and LRN selected for
display, the FMS (established inbound and less than 0.2 nm crosstrack for autoactivation) the FMS approach active annunciator output from the FMS is used to
provide relay logic to switch the FMS deviation to the HSI and FGS along with
simulated Tune-to-Localizer. FMS lateral and vertical deviations are switched to the
FGS and approach arm/capture functions are available for F/D and A/P operation.
The HSI and FGS will use the simulated ILS and thus ILS control laws of the FGS are
used. This generally results in approaches with better path following than roll steering
approaches. This type of installation obviously adds complexity and requires detailed
description in the AFM supplement as well as proper aircrew training.

34-60-49

Page 306
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

Electrical Connectors
The FMS uses three size 24 - 61-pin connectors. Each connector has a different shell
polarization to ensure proper mating of each plug and socket set. The GPS antenna coaxial
cable is fitted with either a straight or a 90-degree connector at the FMS end. The portable
DTU-100 uses two 10 - 13-pin connectors.
CAUTION: FMS REAR MATING CONNECTORS P1, P2 AND P3 ARE KEYED
DIFFERENTLY AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE. BE SURE
THAT THE CORRECT CONNECTOR IS USED ON THE END OF
EACH WIRE BUNDLE. KEYING: P1 = A, P2 = NORMAL AND P3 = D.

D.

Remote Annunciators
The FMS provides outputs to remotely mounted panel annunciators. These include remote
Message, Waypoint Alert, Selected Crosstrack, GPS Integrity, FMS Heading and FMS
Approach advisories. In addition, a System On discrete output is available to the installer
for use in activating remote switching (if required).
Level of Service (LOS) discretes are provided by the WAAS subsystem for SBAS
approaches. These non-configurable discretes are LPV, LNAV/VNAV and LNAV (LOS 1,
LOS 2 and LOS 3 respectively). These provide annunciation for the LOS in installations not
interfaced with Universals EFI-890R or EFI-550.

E.

FMS Mounting
The FMS is instrument or pedestal mounted using standard configuration Dzus rails.
Consideration should be given to the depth of the FMS, the GNSS coaxial cable and wire
bundles when planning installation.
The Configuration Module is mounted directly onto the P1 connector strain relief. Refer to
Configuration Module Installation drawing in the Equipment Specifications section of this
manual.

F.

GPS (WAAS) Antenna Mounting


(1)

Installation Considerations
The antenna should be mounted on top of the fuselage near the cockpit. Avoid
mounting the antenna near any projections, the propeller, the TTail, and minimize
shadowing by the wing during maneuvers. The antenna should also be located with
proper spacing to other system antennas such that no performance degradation will
occur due to shadowing of signals and/or RF interference.
Minimum Antenna Separation
Antennas

Distances

GPS-GPS

12 inches

GPS-SATCOM (INMARSAT, 1625 MHz)

4 feet

GPS-all other antennas

4 feet

34-60-49

Page 307
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

Installation Instructions
Total attenuation losses due to antenna cabling and connections must not exceed the
minimum recommended specifications listed below. Attenuation losses will vary
depending on the type of RF cable connected to the antenna. The gain of the
antenna/preamplifier minus the loss of the cable and end connectors should be
between 20 (minimum) and 30 dB for optimum performance. For instance, if the GPS
is being connected to antenna P/N 10708, which has a nominal gain of 30 dB, total
attenuation losses, must not exceed 10 dB. To ensure a minimum 20 dB of gain from
the antenna input to the GPS/WAAS sensor.
It is also highly recommended that only high quality, low-loss cable such as ECS or
PIC RG-142, RG-400 or equivalent coax cable is used in the installation. Refer to the
following table for the maximum allowable cable loss specifications based on the
amount of antenna gain.
Gain/Loss Specifications
Antenna Part Number

Antenna Gain

Maximum Cable Loss

10708

30 3 dB

10 dB

10709

30 3 dB

10 dB

10710

30 3 dB

10 dB

Mechanical structure modifications to install GPS antenna(s) should be carried out in


accordance with the guidelines of FAA Advisory Circular AC 43.13. Installation of
the antenna, its electrical bonding to the structure, coaxial cable routing and clamping
should also be accomplished per this advisory. Refer to the antenna installation
drawing contained in the Equipment Specifications section of this manual for detailed
information.
The design of the GPS antenna is such that a ground plane is required. To assure
maximum protection from a possible lightning strike, the antenna base should
conduct to the mounting surface. This can be accomplished by removing paint in the
area of contact between the antenna base and the aircraft skin.
The hole for TNC connector should be about 0.75-inch diameter. Make the smallest
practical hole in the pressure vessel.
Fasten the antenna with four screws of sufficient length to assure that at least two full
threads protrude beyond the locking nut or threaded backing plate (if used). Apply a
maximum torque of 10 in. lbs. to avoid cracking the plastic radome of the antenna.
Apply a sealant (RTV is recommended) over screw heads and around the periphery of
the antenna to exclude moisture.
Check bonding of the antenna to the aircraft skin by measuring the resistance between
the skin of the aircraft and the antenna connector housing using a shunt-type
ohmmeter such as a Wheatstone Bridge or Kelvinometer. There should be no more
than 100 milliohms resistance measured. This measurement is accomplished from the
inside of the aircraft with the antenna installed.

34-60-49

Page 308
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)

Long Cable Runs


In installations with very long cable runs, it is permissible to use a low loss coax
cable (such as Electronic Cable Specialists P/N 311501) for the run from the antenna
to a bulkhead connector. Then use a smaller coax (such as ECS P/N 3C3160
M17/113-RG316) from the bulkhead connector to the UNS1Ew. Components for
this application are listed below.
Coax cable P/N

311501

3C3160

Attenuation

1.575 GHz = 0.087 dB/ft.

1.575 GHz = 0.405 dB/ft.

Minimum Bend Radius

1.22 in. (nominal)

1.02 in. (nominal)

TNC Straight

CTS922

31-2315-1000

TNC 90

CTR922

KA-59-281

Bulkhead TNC

BTS922

N/A

BNC Straight

CBS922

225395-7

BNC 90

CBR922

KC-59-318

RF Connectors P/Ns

Complete FMS GPS cable assemblies as well as bulk coax cable and connectors
are available from Electronic Cable Specialists. Refer to Wire and Cable
Manufacturers in the Equipment Specifications section of this manual.

34-60-49

Page 309
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


G.

Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU)


Installation Considerations
The SSDTU is available in two models, a fixed installation model that is permanently
installed in the aircraft and a portable model which is carried into the aircraft, attached to an
interface connector, used, then disconnected and removed prior to flight. The SSDTU is the
same fit as a DTU-100.
The SSDTU may be used as a replacement for a DTU-100 and can be directly installed
without any modifications to the aircraft or wiring using connector P1, which allows the use
of a single Ethernet connection. If the aircraft is wired for the DTU-100 using four Ethernet
ports, connector P2 must be replaced with connector P/N 83000255 which is included in the
SSDTU installation kit P/N K12079-1, no additional wiring is needed. To have all eight
Ethernet ports available on the SSDTU, the P2 connector must be replaced and additional
wiring must be installed.
If the aircraft is wired for a Portable DTU-100, use the wiring harness (P/N 81304072) to
connect bulkhead connector P1 to the Portable SSDTU J1 and the retrofit wiring harness
(P/N 81140811) to connect bulkhead P2 to J2 of the Portable SSDTU. This allows one
Ethernet connection on P1 and three Ethernet connections on P2. For the additional four
Ethernet ports to be available to the Portable SSDTU, the existing P2 bulkhead connector
must be replaced with connector P/N 83000558 and additional wiring must be installed.
Refer to the applicable pin identification tables and wiring diagrams in this section.
J1 Pin Crossover
SSDTU
Functions

SSDTU
Pins

DTU-100
Functions

DTU-100
Pins

EIA-485 (Side A) (FMS 485 A)

RS-422 A

EIA-485 (Side B) (FMS 485 B)

RS-422 B

Ethernet #1 RX (+)

Ethernet #0 RX (+)

Ethernet #1 RX (-)

Ethernet #0 RX (-)

Ethernet #1 Shield

Ethernet #0 Shield

Ethernet #1 TX (+)

Ethernet #0 TX (+)

Ethernet #1 TX (-)

Ethernet #0 TX (-)

Option Pin 0

Option Pin 1

Chassis Ground

Chassis Ground

Power 28 VDC

Power 28 VDC

EIA-232 RX

Aux Port RX (RS-232 RX)

Ground

Ground

EIA-232 TX

Aux Port TX (RS-232 TX)

34-60-49

Page 310
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


J2 Pin Crossover
NOTE: Pin numbers/letters not listed are not used or assigned any function.
SSDTU
Functions

SSDTU
Pins

DTU-100
Functions

DTU-100
Pins

Ethernet #3 RX (+)

Ethernet #2 RX (+)

Ethernet #3 TX (+)

Ethernet #2 TX (+)

Ethernet #2 RX (-)

Ethernet #1 RX (-)

Ethernet #3 RX (-)

Ethernet #2 RX (-)

Ethernet #3 TX (-)

Ethernet #2 TX (-)

Ethernet #4 TX (-)

Ethernet #3 TX (-)

Ethernet #4 TX (+)

Ethernet #3 TX (+)

Ethernet #2 TX (-)

10

Ethernet #1 TX (-)

Ethernet #2 RX (+)

11

Ethernet #1 RX (+)

Ethernet #3 Shield

13

Ethernet #4 RX (-)

15

Ethernet #3 RX (-)

Ethernet #4 RX (+)

16

Ethernet #3 RX (+)

Ethernet #2 TX (+)

18

Ethernet #1 TX (+)

Ethernet #2 Shield

19

Ethernet Shield

Ethernet #4 Shield

23

Ethernet #8 TX (-)

27

Ethernet #8 RX (-)

28

Ethernet #8 Shield

29

Ethernet #5 Shield

30

Ethernet #5 TX (+)

31

Ethernet #8 TX (+)

35

Ethernet #8 RX (+)

36

Ethernet #5 RX (+)

38

Ethernet #5 TX (-)

39

Ethernet #7 RX (+)

40

Ethernet #7 RX (-)

41

Ethernet #7 Shield

42

Ethernet #6 Shield

44

Ethernet #5 RX (-)

46

Ethernet #7 TX (+)

47

Ethernet #7 TX (-)

48

Ethernet #6 TX (+)

50

Ethernet #6 RX (+)

51

Ethernet #6 TX (-)

54

Ethernet #6 RX (-)

55

34-60-49

Page 311
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

2.

FMS Interfaces
Interconnection wiring information between the aircraft, FMS, CDU, DTU is provided in the
following paragraphs and wiring diagrams. Information about the connection to VOR, DME,
TACAN, radar, flight control and fuel flow systems is provided in the WAAS FMS Interface
Manual, 34-60-53. Configuration of the FMS can be found in the WAAS FMS Configuration
Manual 34-61-XX.

A.

Analog Inputs
Input Description
Autopilot Reference

Plug/Pin
J1-P
J1-R

Characteristics
(H) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
(Common) 26 VAC, 400 Hz

Input Voltage:

Fuel Flow #1
Fuel Flow #2
Fuel Flow #3
Fuel Flow #4
Heading Synchro

Heading Synchro Reference

J1-A
J1-B
J1-C
J1-D
J2-i
J2-j
J3-CC
J3-DD
J1-X
J1-Y
J1-Z

26 VAC RMS 10%,


400 Hz 20 Hz
Input Impedance: 80 k (minimum)
Input Load:
2 mA (maximum)
(A) Depends on Configuration
(B)
(A) Depends on Configuration
(B)
(A) Depends on Configuration
(B)
(A) Depends on Configuration
(B)
(X) Impedance = 33 k
(Y) Impedance = 33 k
(Z) Impedance = 24 k

J1-K
J1-L

Standard ARINC 407 threewire synchro


transmitter (or equivalent) with twowire
reference signal from aircraft compass
system.
(H) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
(Common) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
Input Voltage:

Instrument Synchro Reference


(Applicable to Analog configuration
P/N 3017-XX-211 only)

WAAS Crosschannel Lateral Deviation


(Applicable to Analog configuration
P/N 3017-XX-211 only)
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Deviation
(Applicable to Analog configuration
P/N 3017-XX-211 only)

26 VAC RMS 10%,


400 Hz 20 Hz
80k (minimum)
2 mA (maximum)

Input Impedance:
Input Load:
(H) 26 VAC, 400 Hz
(Common) 26 VAC, 400 Hz

J1-M
J1-N

Input Voltage:
Input Impedance:
Input Load:
(H)
(L)

J3-j
J3-k
J3-NN
J3-PP

26 VAC RMS 10%,


400 Hz 20 Hz
80k (minimum)
2 ma (maximum)

(H)
(L)

34-60-49

Page 312
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

Discrete Inputs
Input Description
Discrete Input 1

Plug/Pin
J3-T

Discrete Input 2

J1-MM

Discrete Input 3

J1-LL

Discrete Input 4

J1-DD

Discrete Input 5

J1-AA

Discrete Input 6

J1-CC

Discrete Input 7

J1-GG

Discrete Input 8

J3-R

Discrete Input 9

J3-P

Discrete Input 10

J3-S

Discrete Input 11

J3-h

FMS #2
FMS #3
Heading Input MAG/TRUE

J1-EE
J1-FF
J1-HH

Heading Input Valid


WAAS Crosschannel Level of Service
WAAS Crosschannel Fail
Steering Valid
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Guidance
Monitor
WAAS Crosschannel Lateral Guidance
Monitor
Power Control

J1-V
J1-BB
J3-g
J2-CC
J2-h

J3-f
J2-FF

Characteristics
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Ground = FMS #2)
Ground / Open (Ground = FMS #3)
28 VDC / Open
(Open = MAG / 28 VDC = TRUE)
28 VDC / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
28 VDC / Open

28 VDC / Open
Ground / Open (FMS Power On/Off)

34-60-49

Page 313
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

Digital Inputs
(1)

ASCB Inputs (SCN 1000.5/1100.5 and later)


The ASCB board provides the FMS with an interface to the ASCB Version A data
bus developed by Honeywell and supplement the ARINC, CSDB, and analog
interfaces of the FMS.
Input Description
ASCB Discrete In 1
ASCB Discrete In 2
ASCB Discrete In 3
ASCB Discrete In 4
ASCB Discrete In 5
ASCB Discrete In 6
ASCB Discrete In 7
ASCB Discrete In 8
ASCB A Clock 1 +
ASCB A Clock 1
ASCB A Data 1 +
ASCB A Data 1
ASCB B Clock 2 +
ASCB B Clock 2
ASCB B Data 2 +
ASCB B Data 2
NOTE:

Plug/Pin
J1-NN
J1-PP
J2-PP
J2-w
J2-e
J2-f
J2-MM
J1-s
J2-z
J2-g
J2-x
J2-y
J3-E
J3-F
J2-v
J2-HH

Characteristics
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open

Assuming NCU #1 is to be configured for TX/RX on Left ASCB bus, ASCB A Port
(On-Side) is connected to the Left ASCB Bus and ASCB B Port (Off-Side) is
connected to the Right ASCB Bus.

34-60-49

Page 314
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

CSDB Inputs
Some sensors are restricted to certain input ports. The allowable CSDB port
assignments and their pin numbers are found in the WAAS FMS Configuration
Manual 34-61-XX.
Input Description
Receive From External CDU #2 (Note)
CSDB Receiver Port 1
CSDB Receiver Port 2
CSDB Receiver Port 3
CSDB Receiver Port 4
WAAS Differential Timemark A
WAAS Differential Timemark B
UniLink Display Data
NOTE:

Plug/Pin

Characteristics

J1-p
J1-q
J1-w
J1-x
J1-y
J1-z
J1-u
J1-v
J3-p
J3-q
J3-K
J3-L
J2-Z
J2-X

(H) External CDU


(L)
(H) Depends on Configuration
(L)
(H) Depends on Configuration
(L)
(H) Depends on Configuration
(L)
(H) Depends on Configuration
(L)
(A) RS-422
(B) RS-422
(H)
(L)

CDU #2 In is for communication with a remote CDU. There are no external


connections between the NCU and CDU #1 because they are packaged in the
same unit.

34-60-49

Page 315
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)

ARINC Input Ports


Some sensors are restricted to certain input ports. The allowable ARINC port
assignments and their pin numbers are found in the WAAS FMS Configuration
Manual 34-61-XX.
Port

Plug/Pin

Input Description

Port 0

N/A

ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)

Port 1

J1-c
J1-d
J1-e
J1-f
J1-g
J1-h
J3-EE
J3-FF
J3-GG
J3-HH
J3-JJ
J3-KK
J3-LL
J3-MM
J1-N
J1-M
J2-w
J2-PP
J1-W
J1-s
J2-r
J2-t
J1-NN
J1-PP
J2-GG
J2-NN
J2-v
J2-HH
J3-E
J3-F
J2-P
J2-R
J3-H
J3-J
J3-j
J3-k
J3-NN
J3-PP
J1-NN
J1-PP

(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)


(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 and 419 (LS or HS)
(B)
(A) WAAS Offside FMS
(B)
(A) WAAS Crosschannel Receive
(B)
(A) WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 1
(B)
(A) WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 2
(B)
(A) WAAS Crosschannel Monitor
(B)

Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
Port 7

Port 8
Port 9
Port 10
Port 11
Port 12
Port 13
Port 14
Port 15
WAAS Port 0
WAAS Port 1
WAAS Port 2
WAAS Port 3
WAAS Port

34-60-49

Notes
1, 2, 4

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
3, 5
3, 5
6

Page 316
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


NOTES:

1. In all dual WAAS FMS installations, RX Port 0 must be configured to WAAS n


(where n represents 1 for FMS#1 or 2 for FMS#2) This is required because internal
WAAS subsystem uses the configuration information for RX Port #0 to setup the
speed for the WAAS ARINC 743A TX port.
2. In single WAAS FMS with LP/LPV Monitor installations, RX Port #0 must be
configured for WAAS 1. In this installation, the configuration information for RX Port
#0 is used to setup the speed for the WAAS ARINC 743A TX port of the internal
WAAS subsystem and the LP/LPV Monitor.
3. Applicable to Digital, P/N 3017-XX-221 and ASCB, P/N 3017-XX-231 UNS-1Ew.
4. Port #0 should not be connected to any external system.
5. Not a configurable port.
6. Applicable to Analog UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-211 with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 317
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

Analog Outputs
Output Description
Desired Track

Lateral Deviation

Pitch Command
Roll Steering
To/From
Vertical Deviation

Waypoint Bearing/Drift Angle

Plug/Pin
J2-e
J2-f
J2-g
J2-KK
J2-LL

J3-E
J3-F
J2-AA
J2-BB
J2-MM
J2-NN
J2-GG
J2-HH

J2-x
J2-y
J2-z

Characteristics
(X) Synchro X
(Y) Synchro Y
(Z) Synchro Z
(H) +R Fly Right, Left of Course
(L) +L Fly Left, Right of Course
See Lateral Deviation Characteristics
Table Below
(H) AC or DC pitch
(L) Pitch Return
(H) 0.393 VAC RMS/Degree
(L) Right Roll in Phase
(H) + To 180-250 mV Output
(L) + From
(H) +Up Fly Up, Below Course
(L) +Down Fly Down, Above Course
See Vertical Deviation Characteristics
Table Below
(X) Synchro X
(Y) Synchro Y
(Z) Synchro Z

Lateral Deviation Characteristics


Range

2 Dot Value

Invalid

Stow Value

Enroute

250 to +250 mVDC

L/R 2NM 150 to +150 mVDC

0.0 VDC

N/A

Terminal

250 to +250 mVDC

L/R 1NM 150 to +150 mVDC

0.0 VDC

N/A

0.3 NM

250 to +250 mVDC

L/R 0.3NM 150 to +150 mVDC

0.0 VDC

N/A

Approach

250 to +250 mVDC

L/R (angular) 150 to +150 mVDC

0.0 VDC

N/A

Vertical Deviation Characteristics


Range

2 Dot Value

Invalid

Stow Value

Enroute

205 to +205 mVDC

L/R 1476 ft. 150 to +150 mVDC

750 mVDC

1.3 VDC

Terminal

250 to +250 mVDC

L/R 492 ft. 150 to +150 mVDC

750 mVDC

1.3 VDC

0.3 NM

250 to +250 mVDC

L/R 200 ft. 150 to +150 mVDC

750 mVDC

1.3 VDC

Approach

250 to +250 mVDC

L/R (angular) 150 to +150 mVDC

750 mVDC

1.3 VDC

34-60-49

Page 318
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


E.

Discrete Outputs
All discrete outputs, except the NAV Flag and Vertical Flag, are of two types: Ground/Open
and 28VDC/Open. Both the Ground/Open and 28VDC/Open discrete outputs may be either
configurable or non-configurable. Non-configurable discretes must be assigned to a specific
pin. Configurable discretes may be assigned to any one of a specific set of pins.
Output Description
Digital Valid
Message Annunciator Output

Plug/Pin
J2-v
J2-U

Nav Valid
Pitch Command Valid
Steering Valid
Vertical Valid
Level of Service 1
Level of Service 2
Level of Service 3
WAAS Crosschannel Fail
WAAS Fault
Discrete Output 1

J2-DD
J3-G
J2-CC
J2-JJ
J3-B
J3-C
J3-D
J3-e
J2-k
J3-i

Discrete Output 2

J2-W

Discrete Output 3

J2-V

Discrete Output 4

J2-S

Discrete Output 5

J2-T

Discrete Output 6

J3-n

Discrete Output 7

J3-m

Discrete Output 8

J2-Y

Discrete Output 9 28 V

J2-EE

Characteristics
28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
Ground / Open (GND = Message, 350mA
is the maximum allowable load)
28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
28 VDC / Open (28 VDC = Valid)
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open(Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
Ground / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.
28 VDC / Open (Configurable)
See System Data Installation for list of
discrete inputs.

34-60-49

Page 319
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


F.

Digital Outputs
The following tables show a list of the configurable CSDB and ARINC 429 outputs along
with the ports to which they default when the configuration module is initialized. Each of
these ports is configurable.
Some sensors are restricted to certain output ports. The allowable ARINC port assignments
and their pin numbers are found in the WAAS FMS Configuration Manual 34-61-XX.
(1)
CSDB Output Ports
Output Description
CSDB TX 1

CSDB TX 2

Plug/Pin
J2-c
J2-d
J2-a
J2-b

Characteristics

(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)

34-60-49

Page 320
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

ARINC Output Ports


For SCN 1000.2/1100.2 and earlier SCN, use the following table:
Port

Plug/Pin

Port 0A

J2-A
J2-B
J3-r
J3-s
J2-C
J2-D
J3-w
J3-x
J3-y
J3-z
J2-M
J2-N
J3-AA
J3-BB
J3-c
J3-d
J2-x
J2-y
J2-e
J2-f
J2-z
J2-g
J2-JJ
J2-KK
J2-MM
J2-LL
J2-DD
J2-p
J1-JJ
J1-KK
J2-K
J2-L
J1-a
J1-b

Port 0B
Port 1
Port 2A
Port 2B
Port 2C
Port 3
Port 4
Port 4A
Port 4B
Port 5
Port 6A
Port 6B
Port 7
WAAS Port 0
WAAS Port 1
WAAS Port 1
NOTES:

Default Configuration

Notes

(A) ARIN 429 HS


(B)
(A)
(B)
(A) ARINC 571
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 LS
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 Crossfill HS
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 Tune LS
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A) WAAS Crosschannel Transmit
(B)
(A) WAAS Transmit ARINC 743A Data
(B)
(A) WAAS Transmit Port
(B)

3, 4

1
2
2
2
2
2
2
5
5
5

1. Available in Analog configuration P/N 3017-XX-211 only.


2. Available in Digital configuration, P/N 3017-XX-221 only.
3. In dual WAAS FMS Installations, Transmit Port #2 must be configured for one
of the following bus types: 429HS, 429LS, 429HS MOD 1, 429HS Mod 2,
429LS GPS/XPDR or UNS HS 429-1 to setup the speed for the WAAS
OFFSIDE RECEIVE.
4. In single WAAS FMS with LP/LPV Monitor Installations, Transmit Port #2 must
be configured for one of the following bus types: 429HS, 429LS, 429HS MOD
1, 429HS Mod 2, 429LS GPS/XPDR or UNS HS 429-1 to setup the speed for
the WAAS OFFSIDE RECEIVE of the internal WAAS subsystem and the
LP/LPV Monitor.
5. Not a configurable port.

34-60-49

Page 321
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


For SCN 1000.3/1100.3 and later SCN, use the following table:
Port

Plug/Pin

Port 0A

J2-A
J2-B
J3-r
J3-s
J2-C
J2-D
J3-w
J3-x
J3-y
J3-z
J2-M
J2-N
J3-AA
J3-BB
J3-c
J3-d
J2-x
J2-y
J2-e
J2-f
J2-z
J2-g
J2-JJ
J2-KK
J2-MM
J2-LL
J2-DD
J2-p
J1-JJ
J1-KK
J2-K
J2-L
J1-a
J1-b

Port 0B
Port 1
Port 2A
Port 2B
Port 2C
Port 3
Port 4
Port 4A
Port 4B
Port 5
Port 6A
Port 6B
Port 7
WAAS Port 0
WAAS Port 1
WAAS Port 1
NOTES:

Default Configuration

Notes

(A) ARIN 429 HS


(B)
(A)
(B)
(A) ARINC 571
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 LS
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 Crossfill HS
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 LS
(B)
(A) ARINC 429 Tune LS
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A) WAAS Crosschannel Transmit
(B)
(A) WAAS Transmit ARINC 743A Data
(B)
(A) WAAS Transmit Port
(B)

3, 4, 6

1
2
2
2
2
2
2
5
5
5

1. Available in Analog configuration P/N 3017-XX-211 only.


2. Available in Digital configuration P/N 3017-XX-221 only.
3. In dual WAAS FMS Installations, Transmit Port #2 must be configured for one
of the following bus types: 429 HS, 429 LS, HS429 MOD2, HS429 MOD 3,
HS429 MOD 4, GPS XPDR LS, GPS XPDR HS or UNS HS429-1 to setup the
speed for the WAAS OFFSIDE RECEIVE.
4. In single WAAS FMS with LP/LPV Monitor Installations, Transmit Port #2 must
be configured for one of the following bus types: 429 HS, 429 LS, HS429
MOD2, HS429 MOD 3, HS429 MOD 4, GPS XPDR LS, GPS XPDR HS or
UNS HS429-1 to setup the speed for the WAAS OFFSIDE RECEIVE of the
internal WAAS subsystem and the LP/LPV Monitor.
5. Not a configurable port.
6. Configuring any of the following bus types will cause manual de-selection of
geostationary satellites to not be supported: HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3,
UNS HS429-1, GPS XPDR LS and GPS XPDR HS.

34-60-49

Page 322
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

3.

Pin Assignment

A.

UNS-1Ew Analog (P/N 3017-XX-211)


(1)

Pin

Connector J1
Function

Pin

Function

A
B

Fuel Flow 1 In (H)


Fuel Flow 1 In (L)

j
k

28 VDC Aircraft Bus

Fuel Flow 2 In (H)

D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z

Fuel Flow 2 In (L)


Configuration Module Data I/O
Configuration Module Data Clock
Configuration Module Power
Configuration Module Power Return

RS-422 (H) (Transmit to External CDU)


RS-422 (L) (Transmit to External CDU)
Heading Valid Flag (28 V Discrete)
NC
Synchro In Heading X
Synchro In Heading Y
Synchro In Heading Z

n
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH

a
b
c
d
e
f

WAAS TX Port 1 (H)


WAAS TX Port 1 (L)
ARINC RX Port 1 (A)
ARINC RX Port 1 (B)
ARINC RX Port 2 (A)
ARINC RX Port 2 (B)

JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
NN

28 VDC Keypad Lighting (Note 1)


Keypad Lighting Return
RS-422A (Receive from External CDU)
RS-422B (Receive from External CDU)
UniLink Display Data Transmitter (L)
NC
UniLink Display Data Transmitter (H)
CSDB RX Port 3 (H)
CSDB RX Port 3 (L)
CSDB RX Port 1 (H)
CSDB RX Port 1 (L)
CSDB RX Port 2 (H)
CSDB RX Port 2 (L)
Discrete In 5 (GND/Open)
WAAS LOS Monitor
Discrete In 6 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 4 (GND/Open)
FMS2 Discrete In (GND = FMS #2)
FMS3 Discrete In (GND = FMS #3)
Discrete In 7 (GND/Open)
Heading Flag Input (28 VDC = True,
Open = Mag)
WAAS Crosschannel TX Port 0 (H)
WAAS Crosschannel TX Port 0 (L)
Discrete In 3 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 2 (GND/Open)
NC

g
h

ARINC RX Port 3 (A)


ARINC RX Port 3 (B)

PP
PP

Ground (Power Return)

26 VAC Heading Reference


26 VAC Heading Reference Return
26 VAC Instrument Reference
26 VAC Instrument Reference Return
Autopilot Reference (H)
Autopilot Reference (L)

NOTES: 1.
2.

5 VDC Keypad Lighting (Note 1)

WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 1 (H) (Note 2)


NC
WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 1 (L) (Note 2)

Use either 5 VDC or 28 VDC power for keypad lighting, but not both.
Applicable to Analog UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-211 with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 323
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)
Pin

Connector J2
Function

A
B
C
D

ARINC TX Port 0A (A)


ARINC TX Port 0A (B)
ARINC TX Port 1 (A)
ARINC TX Port 1 (B)

E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

RS-232 TX (Monitor Port)


RS-232 RX (Monitor Port)
Lab Use Only
Lab Use Only
RS-232 Chassis Ground
WAAS TX Port 1 (H) ARINC 743 Data
WAAS TX Port 1 (L) ARINC 743 Data
ARINC TX Port 2C (A)
ARINC TX Port 2C (B)
WAAS RX Port 0 (H) Offside FMS Receive
WAAS RX Port 0 (L) Offside FMS Receive
Discrete Out 4 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 5 (GND/Open)
Annunciator Out Discrete (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 3 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 2 (GND/Open)
UniLink Display Data Receive (L)
Discrete Out 8 (GND/Open)
UniLink Display Data Receive (H)
CSDB TX Port 2 (H)
CSDB TX Port 2 (L)
CSDB TX Port 1 (H)
CSDB TX Port 1 (L)
Synchro In Desired Track X
Synchro In Desired Track Y
Synchro In Desired Track Z
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Valid

NOTE: 1.

Pin
i
j
k
k
m
n
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

Function
Fuel Flow 3 In (H)
Fuel Flow 3 In (L)
WAAS Fault Discrete Out
LP LOS Annunciation (Note 1)
WAAS Monitor RX (RS-232)
WAAS Monitor TX (RS-232)
ARINC 561 Data (H)
ARINC 561 Data (L)
ARINC 561 Synch (H)
ARINC 561 Synch (L)
ARINC 561 Clock (H)
ARINC 561 Clock (L)
ARINC 561 Data Valid
NC
Synchro Bearing X
Synchro Bearing Y
Synchro Bearing Z
Roll Steering Out (H)
Roll Steering Out (L)
Steering Valid Out (28 VDC = Valid)
Navigation Valid (28 VDC = Valid)
Discrete Out 9 (28 VDC/Open)
Power Control (FMS Power On/Off)
Vertical Deviation (Analog DC)
Vertical Deviation Return (Analog DC)
Vertical Deviation Valid Out (28 VDC = Valid)
Lateral Deviation (Analog DC)
Lateral Deviation Return (Analog DC)
To/From (Analog DC)
To/From Return (Analog DC)
NC

Applicable to Analog and Digital UNS-1Ew units with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 324
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)
Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

Connector J3
Function

Ethernet Receive (H)


LOS 1 Discrete
LOS 2 Discrete
LOS 3 Discrete
Analog AC Pitch Command
Analog AC Pitch Command Return
Pitch Valid (28 VDC = Valid)
WAAS RX Port 1 (H) Crosschannel
Receive
WAAS RX Port 1 (L) Crosschannel
Receive
WAAS Differential Timemark A
WAAS Differential Timemark B

Discrete In 9 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 8 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 10 (28 VDC/Open)
Discrete In 1 (GND/Open)
External Camera Video Red
External Camera Video Red Return
External Camera Video Green
External Camera Video Green Return
External Camera Video Blue
External Camera Video Blue Return
Ethernet Transmit (H)
Ethernet Receive (L)
ARINC TX Port 4 (A)
ARINC TX Port 4 (B)
WAAS Crosschannel Fail Discrete Out
WAAS Crosschannel Nav Valid
WAAS Crosschannel Fail Discrete In

Discrete In 11 (GND/Open)

LP Annunciator Monitor (Note 1)

NOTE: 1.

Pin

Function

i
j
k
m
n
p
q
r

Discrete Out 1 (GND/Open)


WAAS Crosschannel Lateral Deviation (H)
WAAS Crosschannel Lateral Deviation (L)
Discrete Out 7 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 6 (GND/Open)
CSDB RX Port 4 (H)
CSDB RX Port 4 (L)
ARINC TX Port 0B (A)

ARINC TX Port 0B (B)

t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

External Camera Video Synch Return


External Camera Video Synch
Ethernet Transmit (L)
ARINC TX Port 2A (A)
ARINC TX Port 2A (B)
ARINC TX Port 2B (A)
ARINC TX Port 2B (B)
ARINC TX Port 3 (A)
ARINC TX Port 3 (B)
Fuel Flow 4 In (H)
Fuel Flow 4 In (L)
ARINC RX Port 4 (A)
ARINC RX Port 4 (B)
ARINC RX Port 5 (A)
ARINC RX Port 5 (B)
ARINC RX Port 6 (A)
ARINC RX Port 6 (B)
ARINC RX Port 7 (A)
ARINC RX Port 7 (B)
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Deviation (H)
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Deviation (L)

Back
shell

Ethernet Shield

Applicable to Analog and Digital UNS-1Ew units with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 325
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

UNS-1Ew All Digital (P/N 3017-XX-221)


(1)

Connector J1

Pin

Function

Pin

Function

A
B
C

Fuel Flow 1 In (H)


Fuel Flow 1 In (L)
Fuel Flow 2 In (H)

i
j
k

Ground (Power Return)


28 VDC Aircraft Bus

Fuel Flow 2 In (L)

E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a

Configuration Module Data I/O


Configuration Module Data Clock
Configuration Module Power
Configuration Module Power Return

b
c
d
e
f
g
h

WAAS TX Port 1 (L)


ARINC RX Port 1 (A)
ARINC RX Port 1 (B)
ARINC RX Port 2 (A)
ARINC RX Port 2 (B)
ARINC RX Port 3 (A)
ARINC RX Port 3 (B)

28 VDC Keypad Lighting (See Note)


Keypad Lighting Return
RS-422A (Receive from External CDU)
RS-422B (Receive from External CDU)
UniLink Display Data Transmitter (L)
ARINC RX Port 10 (B)
UniLink Display Data Transmitter (H)
CSDB In Port 3 (H)
CSDB In Port 3 (L)
CSDB In Port 1 (H)
CSDB In Port 1 (L)
CSDB In Port 2 (H)
CSDB In Port 2 (L)
Discrete In 5 (GND/Open)
WAAS LOS Monitor
Discrete In 6 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 4 (GND/Open)
FMS2 Discrete In (Ground = FMS #2)
FMS3 Discrete In (Ground = FMS #3)
Discrete In 7 (GND/Open)
Heading Flag Input (28 VDC = True,
Open = Mag)
WAAS Crosschannel TX Port 0 (H)
WAAS Crosschannel TX Port 0 (L)
Discrete In 3 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 2 (GND/Open)
ARINC RX Port 12 (A)
ARINC RX Port 12 (B)

26 VAC Heading Reference


26 VAC Heading Reference Return
ARINC RX Port 8 (B)
ARINC RX Port 8 (A)
Autopilot Reference (H)
Autopilot Reference (L)
RS-422 (H) (Transmit to External CDU)
RS-422 (L) (Transmit to External CDU)
Heading Valid Flag (28 V Discrete)
ARINC In Port 10 A
Synchro In Heading X
Synchro In Heading Y
Synchro In Heading Z
WAAS TX Port 1 (H)

n
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

5 VDC Keypad Lighting (See Note)

NOTE: Use either 5 VDC or 28 VDC power for keypad lighting, but not both.

34-60-49

Page 326
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)
Pin

Connector J2
Function

A
B
C
D

ARINC TX Port 0A (A)


ARINC TX Port 0A (B)
ARINC TX Port 1 (A)
ARINC TX Port 1 (B)

E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

RS-232 TX (Monitor Port)


RS-232 RX (Monitor Port)
Lab Use Only
Lab Use Only
RS-232 Chassis Ground
WAAS TX 1 (H) ARINC 743 Data
WAAS TX 1 (L) ARINC 743 Data
ARINC TX Port 2C (A)
ARINC TX Port 2C (B)
WAAS RX Port 0 (H) Offside FMS Receive
WAAS RX Port 0 (L) Offside FMS Receive
Discrete Out 4 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 5 (GND/Open)
Annunciator Out Discrete (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 3 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 2 (GND/Open)
UniLink Display Data Receive (L)
Discrete Out 8 (GND/Open)
UniLink Display Data Receive (H)
CSDB TX Port 2 (H)
CSDB TX Port 2 (L)
CSDB TX Port 1 (H)
CSDB TX Port 1 (L))
ARINC TX Port 4B (A)
ARINC TX Port 4B (B)
ARINC TX Port 5 (B)
WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Valid

NOTE: 1.

Pin
i
j
k
k

Function
Fuel Flow 3 In (H)
Fuel Flow 3 In (L)
WAAS Fault Discrete Out

m
n
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

LP LOS Annunciation (Note 1)


WAAS Monitor Receive (RS-232)
WAAS Monitor Transmit (RS-232)
ARINC TX Port 7 (B)
Reserved
ARINC RX Port 11 (B)
Reserved
ARINC RX Port 11 (A)
Reserved
ARINC RX Port 14 (A)
ARINC RX Port 9 (A)
ARINC TX Port 4A (A)
ARINC TX Port 4A (B)
ARINC TX Port 5 (A)
Roll Steering Out (H)
Roll Steering Out (L)
Steering Valid Out (28 VDC = Valid)
ARINC TX Port 7 (A)
Discrete Out 9 (28 VDC/Open)
Power Control (FMS Power On/Off)
ARINC RX Port 13 (A)
ARINC RX Port 14 (B)
ARINC TX Port 6A (A)
ARINC TX Port 6A (B)
ARINC TX Port 6B (B)
ARINC TX Port 6B (A)
ARINC RX Port 13 (B)
ARINC RX Port 9 (B)

Applicable to Analog and Digital UNS-1Ew units with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 327
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)
Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

Connector J3
Function

Ethernet Receive (H)


LOS 1 Discrete
LOS 2 Discrete
LOS 3 Discrete
ARINC RX Port 15 (A)
ARINC RX Port 15 (B)
Reserved
WAAS RX Port 1 (H) Crosschannel
Receive
WAAS RX Port 1 (L) Crosschannel
Receive
WAAS Differential Timemark A
WAAS Differential Timemark B

Discrete In 9 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 8 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 10 (28 VDC/Open)
Discrete In 1 (GND/Open)
External Camera Video Red
External Camera Video Red Return
External Camera Video Green
External Camera Video Green Return
External Camera Video Blue
External Camera Video Blue Return
Ethernet Transmit (H)
Ethernet Receive (L)

WAAS Crosschannel Fail Discrete Out


WAAS Crosschannel Nav Valid
WAAS Crosschannel Fail Discrete In

Discrete In 11 (GND/Open)

LP Annunciator Monitor (Note 1)

NOTE: 1.

Pin

Function

i
j
k
m
n
p
q
r

Discrete Out 1 (GND/Open)


WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 1 (H)
WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 1 (L)
Discrete Out 7 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 6 (GND/Open)
CSDB In Port 4 (H)
CSDB In Port 4 (L)
ARINC TX Port 0B (A)

ARINC TX Port 0B (B)

t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

External Camera Video Synch Return


External Camera Video Synch
Ethernet Transmit (L)
ARINC TX Port 2A (A)
ARINC TX Port 2A (B)
ARINC TX Port 2B (A)
ARINC TX Port 2B (B)
ARINC TX Port 3 (A)
ARINC TX Port 3 (B)
Fuel Flow 4 In (H)
Fuel Flow 4 In (L)
ARINC RX Port 4 (A)
ARINC RX Port 4 (B)
ARINC RX Port 5 (A)
ARINC RX Port 5 (B)
ARINC RX Port 6 (A)
ARINC RX Port 6 (B)
ARINC RX Port 7 (A)
ARINC RX Port 7 (B)
WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 2 (H)
WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 2 (L)

Back
shell

Ethernet Shield

Applicable to Analog and Digital UNS-1Ew units with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 328
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

UNS-1Ew ASCB (P/N 3017-XX-231) (SCN 1000.5/1100.5 and later)


(1)

Connector J1

Pin

Function

Pin

Function

A
B
C

Fuel Flow 1 In (H)


Fuel Flow 1 In (L)
Fuel Flow 2 In (H)

i
j
k

Ground (Power Return)


28 VDC Aircraft Bus

Fuel Flow 2 In (L)

E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a

Configuration Module Data I/O


Configuration Module Data Clock
Configuration Module Power
Configuration Module Power Return

b
c
d
e
f
g
h

WAAS TX Port 1 (L)


ARINC RX Port 1 (A)
ARINC RX Port 1 (B)
ARINC RX Port 2 (A)
ARINC RX Port 2 (B)
ARINC RX Port 3 (A)
ARINC RX Port 3 (B)

28 VDC Keypad Lighting (See Note)


Keypad Lighting Return
RS-422A (Receive from External CDU)
RS-422B (Receive from External CDU)
UniLink Display Data Transmitter (L)
ASCB Discrete In 8
UniLink Display Data Transmitter (H)
CSDB In Port 3 (H)
CSDB In Port 3 (L)
CSDB In Port 1 (H)
CSDB In Port 1 (L)
CSDB In Port 2 (H)
CSDB In Port 2 (L)
Discrete In 5 (GND/Open)
WAAS LOS Monitor
Discrete In 6 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 4 (GND/Open)
FMS2 Discrete In (Ground = FMS #2)
FMS3 Discrete In (Ground = FMS #3)
Discrete In 7 (GND/Open)
Heading Flag Input (28 VDC = True,
Open = Mag)
WAAS Crosschannel TX Port 0 (H)
WAAS Crosschannel TX Port 0 (L)
Discrete In 3 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 2 (GND/Open)
ASCB Discrete In 1
ASCB Discrete In 2

26 VAC Heading Reference


26 VAC Heading Reference Return
ARINC RX Port 8 (B)
ARINC RX Port 8 (A)
Autopilot Reference (H)
Autopilot Reference (L)
RS-422 (H) (Transmit to External CDU)
RS-422 (L) (Transmit to External CDU)
Heading Valid Flag (28 V Discrete)
ARINC In Port 10 A
Synchro In Heading X
Synchro In Heading Y
Synchro In Heading Z
WAAS TX Port 1 (H)

n
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

5 VDC Keypad Lighting (See Note)

NOTE: Use either 5 VDC or 28 VDC power for keypad lighting, but not both.

34-60-49

Page 329
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)
Pin

Connector J2
Function

A
B
C
D

ARINC TX Port 0A (A)


ARINC TX Port 0A (B)
ARINC TX Port 1 (A)
ARINC TX Port 1 (B)

E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

RS-232 TX (Monitor Port)


RS-232 RX (Monitor Port)
Lab Use Only
Lab Use Only
RS-232 Chassis Ground
WAAS TX 1 (H) ARINC 743 Data
WAAS TX 1 (L) ARINC 743 Data
ARINC TX Port 2C (A)
ARINC TX Port 2C (B)
WAAS RX Port 0 (H) Offside FMS Receive
WAAS RX Port 0 (L) Offside FMS Receive
Discrete Out 4 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 5 (GND/Open)
Annunciator Out Discrete (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 3 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 2 (GND/Open)
UniLink Display Data Receive (L)
Discrete Out 8 (GND/Open)
UniLink Display Data Receive (H)
CSDB TX Port 2 (H)
CSDB TX Port 2 (L)
CSDB TX Port 1 (H)
CSDB TX Port 1 (L))
ASCB Discrete In 5
ASCB Discrete In 6
ASCB A Clock WAAS Crosschannel Vertical Valid

NOTE: 1.

Pin
i
j
k
k
m
n
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

Function
Fuel Flow 3 In (H)
Fuel Flow 3 In (L)
WAAS Fault Discrete Out
LP LOS Annunciation (Note 1)
WAAS Monitor Receive (RS-232)
WAAS Monitor Transmit (RS-232)
ASCB Discrete Out 3 (GND/Open)
Reserved
ASCB Discrete Out 2 (28V/Open)
Reserved
ASCB Discrete Out 1 (28V/Open)
Reserved
ASCB B Data +
ASCB Discrete In 4
ASCB A Data +
ASCB A Data ASCB A Clock +
Roll Steering Out (H)
Roll Steering Out (L)
Steering Valid Out (28 VDC = Valid)
ARINC TX Port 7 (A)
Discrete Out 9 (28 VDC/Open)
Power Control (FMS Power On/Off)
ARINC RX Port 13 (A)
ARINC RX Port 14 (B)
ARINC TX Port 6A (A)
ARINC TX Port 6A (B)
ARINC TX Port 6B (B)
ASCB Discrete In 7
ASCB B Data ASCB Discrete In 3

Applicable to UNS-1Ew units with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 330
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)
Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

Connector J3
Function

Ethernet Receive (H)


LOS 1 Discrete
LOS 2 Discrete
LOS 3 Discrete
ASCB B Clock +
ASCB B Clock ASCB Discrete Out 4 (GND/Open)
WAAS RX Port 1 (H) Crosschannel
Receive
WAAS RX Port 1 (L) Crosschannel
Receive
WAAS Differential Timemark A
WAAS Differential Timemark B

Discrete In 9 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 8 (GND/Open)
Discrete In 10 (28 VDC/Open)
Discrete In 1 (GND/Open)
External Camera Video Red
External Camera Video Red Return
External Camera Video Green
External Camera Video Green Return
External Camera Video Blue
External Camera Video Blue Return
Ethernet Transmit (H)
Ethernet Receive (L)

WAAS Crosschannel Fail Discrete Out


WAAS Crosschannel Nav Valid
WAAS Crosschannel Fail Discrete In

Discrete In 11 (GND/Open)

LP Annunciator Monitor (Note 1)

NOTE: 1.

Pin

Function

i
j
k
m
n
p
q
r

Discrete Out 1 (GND/Open)


WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 1 (H)
WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 1 (L)
Discrete Out 7 (GND/Open)
Discrete Out 6 (GND/Open)
CSDB In Port 4 (H)
CSDB In Port 4 (L)
ARINC TX Port 0B (A)

ARINC TX Port 0B (B)

t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP

External Camera Video Synch Return


External Camera Video Synch
Ethernet Transmit (L)
ARINC TX Port 2A (A)
ARINC TX Port 2A (B)
ARINC TX Port 2B (A)
ARINC TX Port 2B (B)
ARINC TX Port 3 (A)
ARINC TX Port 3 (B)
Fuel Flow 4 In (H)
Fuel Flow 4 In (L)
ARINC RX Port 4 (A)
ARINC RX Port 4 (B)
ARINC RX Port 5 (A)
ARINC RX Port 5 (B)
ARINC RX Port 6 (A)
ARINC RX Port 6 (B)
ARINC RX Port 7 (A)
ARINC RX Port 7 (B)
WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 2 (H)
WAAS Crosschannel Monitor 2 (L)

Back
shell

Ethernet Shield

Applicable to UNS-1Ew units with Mod 4.

34-60-49

Page 331
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

5-Inch FPCDU Pin Assignment P/N 1018-X-XXX


Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

J1 Connector
Description
Red
Red Return
Green
Green Return
Blue
Blue return
Sync
Sync Return

J2 Connector
Pin

Function

CDU RX Data (H)


A
CDU RX Data (L)
B
CDU RX Data Shield
C
D
+28 VDC Keypad Lighting
E
Ground Keypad Lighting
F
+5 VDC or 5 VAC Keypad Lighting
G
CAUTION:
Use 5 V or 28 V power for keypad lighting but not both.
H
CDU TX Data (H)
J
CDU TX Data (L)
K
CDU TX Data Shield
L
+28 VDC Power Input
M
N
P
R

Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Power +28 VDC Return


Power On Control Output
J3 Connector
Description
RS-422 Display Data TX (H)
RS-422 Display Data TX (L)
Ground
RS-422 Display Data RX (H)
RS-422 Display Data RX (L)
Remote (Repeater) CDU when grounded
Ground

34-60-49

Page 332
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


E.

4-Inch FPCDU Pin Assignment


(1)

P/N 1117-XX and 1117-1-X0X (No Video or Graphics Capability)


J1 Connector
Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Function
CDU RX Data (H)
CDU RX Data (L)
CDU RX Data Shield
#2 CDU Strap
+28 VDC Keypad Lighting
Ground Keypad Lighting
+5 VDC or 5 VAC Keypad Lighting

CAUTION: Use 5 V or 28 V power for keypad lighting but not both.


H
CDU TX Data (H)
J
CDU TX Data (L)
K
CDU TX Data Shield
L
+28 VDC Power Input
M
Ground
N
Power +28 VDC Return
P
Power On Control Output
R

34-60-49

Page 333
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

1117-2-X1X (With Video and Graphics Capability)


J1 Connector
Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Function
CDU RX Data (H)
CDU RX Data (L)
CDU RX Data Shield
#2 CDU Strap
+28 VDC Keypad Lighting
Ground Keypad Lighting
+5 VDC or 5 VAC Keypad Lighting

CAUTION: Use 5 V or 28 V power for keypad lighting but not both.


H
CDU TX Data (H)
J
CDU TX Data (L)
K
CDU TX Data Shield
L
+28 VDC Power Input
M
Ground
N
Power +28 VDC Return
P
Power On Control Output
R

Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

J2 Connector
Description

Red Input
Red Return
Green Input
Green Return
Blue Input
Blue Return
Sync Input
Sync Return
J3 Connector
Description
RS-422 Display Data TX (H)
RS-422 Display Data TX (L)
Ground
RS-422 Display Data RX (H)
RS-422 Display Data RX (L)
Remote (Repeater) CDU when grounded
Ground

34-60-49

Page 334
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


F.

LP/LPV Monitor Pin Assignment


(1)

Connector Top Plug

Pin

Function

Pin

2A

WAAS X-Channel Monitor (H) (Guidance


Bus 1
WAAS X-Channel Monitor (L) (Guidance
Bus 1
WAAS X-Channel Monitor (H) (Guidance
Bus 2
WAAS X-Channel Monitor (L) (Guidance
Bus 2
WAAS X-Channel Lateral Deviation (H)
WAAS X-Channel Lateral Deviation Return
WAAS X-Channel Vertical Deviation (H)
WAAS X-Channel Vertical Deviation Return
WAAS Form Factor Select
WAAS Discrete Out X-Channel Fail Out
WAAS SDI Select

4H

WAAS Discrete In X-Channel LOS Monitor

4J

WAAS X-Channel Vertical Guidance Flag


Monitor
WAAS X-Channel Lateral Guidance Flag
Monitor
WAAS Monitor Return

2B
2C
2D
2G
2H
2J
2K
4D
4E
4F

(2)

4K
7F
7G
7H
10A
10B
10J
10K

Function

RS-232 WAAS Monitor Transmit


RS-232 WAAS Monitor Receive
WAAS Differential Timemark 1A
WAAS Differential Timemark 1B
ARINC 429 WAAS Transmit 0 (A)
ARINC 429 WAAS Transmit 0 (B)

Connector Middle Plug

Pin

Function

Pin

Function

4C
4D
8J
8K
10E

WAAS Transmit 1B (H) ARINC 743A Data


WAAS Transmit 1B (L) ARINC 743A Data
WAAS Flight Data Recording Lab Only
WAAS Flight Data Recording Lab Only
WAAS Receive 0 (L) Offside FMS

10F
10G
10H
10J
10K

WAAS Receive 0 (H) Offside FMS


WAAS Receive 1 (H) X-Channel Receive
WAAS Receive 1 (L) X-Channel Receive
WAAS Transmit 1A (H) ARINC 743A Data
WAAS Transmit 1A (L) ARINC 743A Data

Pin

Function

(3)
Pin
1
2
3
4

Connector Bottom Plug


Function

On Battery Annunciator Discrete Output


+28 VDC Input
+28 VDC Battery Input
Power Control

7
8
13

FMS Chassis Ground


FMS DC Power Return
GPS Coax

34-60-49

Page 335
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


G.

DTU-100 Pin Assignment


(1)

Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Function
RS-422 (A)
RS-422 (B)
Ethernet #0 RX (+)
Ethernet #0 RX (-)
Ethernet #0 Shield
Ethernet #0 TX (+)
Ethernet #0 TX (-)
Option Pin 0

(2)
Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Connector J1
Pin
J
K
L
M
N
P
R

Function
Option Pin 1
Option Pin 2 (Not Used)
Chassis Ground
Power 28 VDC
Aux Port RS-232 RX
Power Return
Aux Port RS-232 TX

Connector J2
Function

Ethernet #1 RX (+)
Ethernet #1 RX (-)
Ethernet #1 TX (+)
Ethernet #1 TX (-)
Ethernet #2 RX (+)
Ethernet #2 RX (-)
Ethernet #2 TX (+)
Ethernet #2 TX (-)

Pin
J
K
L
M
N
P
R

Function
Ethernet #3 RX (+)
Ethernet #3 RX (-)
Ethernet #3 TX (+)
Not Used
Ethernet #3 TX (-)
Ethernet Shield
Not Used

34-60-49

Page 336
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


H.

SSDTU Pin Assignment


(1)

Pin
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Function
EIA-485 (Side A) (FMS 485 A)
EIA-485 (Side B) (FMS 485 B)
Ethernet #1 RX (+)
Ethernet #1 RX (-)
Ethernet #1 Shield
Ethernet #1 TX (+)
Ethernet #1 TX (-)

(2)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

Connector J1
Pin
J
K
L
M
N
P
R

Function

Chassis Ground
SSDTU Power 28 VDC
EIA-232 RX
SSDTU Ground
EIA-232 TX

Connector J2
Function

Ethernet #3 RX (+)
Ethernet #3 TX (+)
Ethernet #2 RX (-)
Ethernet #3 RX (-)
Ethernet #3 TX (-)
Ethernet #4 TX (-)
Ethernet #4 TX (+)
Ethernet #2 TX (-)
Ethernet #2 RX (+)
Ethernet #3 Shield
Ethernet #4 RX (-)
Ethernet #4 RX (+)
Ethernet #2 TX (+)
Ethernet #2 Shield

Ethernet #4 Shield

Ethernet #8 TX (-)
Ethernet #8 RX (-)

Pin
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

Function
Ethernet #8 Shield
Ethernet #5 Shield
Ethernet #5 TX (+)

Ethernet #8 TX (+)
Ethernet #8 RX (+)
Ethernet #5 RX (+)
Ethernet #5 TX (-)
Ethernet #7 RX (+)
Ethernet #7 RX (-)
Ethernet #7 Shield
Ethernet #6 Shield
Ethernet #5 RX (-)
Ethernet #7 TX (+)
Ethernet #7 TX (-)
Ethernet #6 TX (+)
Ethernet #6 RX (+)

Ethernet #6 TX (-)
Ethernet #6 RX (-)

34-60-49

Page 337
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


4.

UNS1Ew Wiring
The following wiring diagrams represent the basic FMS wiring, including ARINC, discrete,
CSDB, analog and other inputs and outputs. The diagrams also include ancillary equipment
such as the FPCDU and Data Transfer Unit. For all other interfaces such as radar and radios,
refer to WAAS FMS Interface Manual, Report No. 34-60-53.
Wiring diagrams apply to all versions of the UNS-1Ew unless otherwise noted on the wiring
diagram. Reference to the Pin Identification Charts found later in this section will be helpful
in understanding the differences between FMS versions. There is also an FMS part number
matrix in the Equipment Specifications section of this manual, which will further aid in
understanding FMS differences.
The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a
reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein
do not represent any specific STC or Form 337 aircraft installation. It is the installers
responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the
drawings contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC or Form 337 drawing
package.

34-60-49

Page 338
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


A.

UNS-1Ew Configurations
(1)

UNS-1Ew Power and Configuration Module (P/N 3017-XX-2X1)


UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-2X1
P1

KEYPAD
LIGHTING

20

20

28 VDC IN

20

DC RETURN

20

GND

5VDC OR 5VAC
PANEL LIGHTING

20

28 V PANEL LIGHTING

24 AWG BROWN

24 AWG RED

DATA CLK

24 AWG YELLOW

DATA I/O

24 AWG BLUE

ANN DISC #5 OUT


(GND/OPEN)

HDG

ANNUNCIATOR
OUTPUT

MSG

ANN DISC #2 OUT


(GND/OPEN)

WPT

ANN DISC #3 OUT


(GND/OPEN)

SXTK

ANN DISC #4 OUT


(GND/OPEN)

APRCH

SENSOR POWER ON
CONTROL OUTPUT

FF

CONFIG
MODULE

+5 VDC

4
4

28 VDC AIRCRAFT BUS

CONFIGURATION
MODULE
P/N 30171
3

P2
5

REMOTE FMS
ANNUNCIATORS
IF INSTALLED
(GND = ON)

TO SENSOR POWER CONTROL


INPUTS OF UNS SENSORS (20 mA MAX)
P3

ANN DISC #6 OUT


(GND/OPEN)

INTEG

REMOTE FMS
ANNUNCIATOR
IF INSTALLED
(GND = ON)

WAAS GPS ANTENNA


P/N 10708
NOTES:
1.

ALL WIRING TO BE 22 A.W.G. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

2.

DO NOT 'DAISY CHAIN' SHIELD GROUNDS.

THE CONFIGURATION MODULE IS PROGRAMMED THROUGH THE NCU AND IS MOUNTED ON, AND BECOMES PART
OF, THE CONNECTOR STRAIN RELIEF. WIRES SHOWN ARE PART OF THE CONFIGURATION MODULE.

USE EITHER 5 V OR 28 VDC, NOT BOTH.

REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR DISCRETES ARE CONFIGURABLE ON P2 PINS S, T, V & W. DEFAULT CONFIGURATION SHOWN.

DISCRETES ARE CONFIGURABLE WITH NO DEFAULT. REFER TO THE WAAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 339
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

Dual WAAS FMS Analog Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-211) (page 1 of 2)

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-211
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR (LPV)

BB

BB

P2
APPROACH ANNUNCIATOR
DISCRETE OUT #4
LATERAL DEVIATION VALID
FLAG 28 V DISCRETE OUT

APPROACH
ANNUNCIATOR

APPROACH
ANNUNCIATOR

DD

HSI #1

HSI #2

VERTICAL DEVIATION VALID


FLAG28 V DISCRETE OUT

JJ

HSI #1

HSI #2

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
VERTICAL VALID MONITOR

GG

HH

KK

LL

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR (LPV)

P2

FMS #2
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-211

P1

P1

VERTICAL DEVIATION

HSI #1

HSI #1

LATERAL DEVIATION

APPROACH ANNUNCIATOR
DISCRETE OUT #4

DD

LATERAL DEVIATION VALID


FLAG28 V DISCRETE OUT

JJ

VERTICAL DEVIATION VALID


FLAG 28 V DISCRETE OUT

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
VERTICAL VALID MONITOR

GG

HH

KK

LL

NN

PP

VERTICAL DEVIATION

HSI #2

LATERAL DEVIATION

HSI #2

P3

P3
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
VERTICAL DEVIATION
MONITOR #2

NN

PP

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LATERAL DEVIATION
MONITOR #1

k
f

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LATERAL VALID MONITOR

WAAS LOS #1

LP/LPV
ANNUNCIATOR

WAAS LOS #2

LNAV/VNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

2
WAAS LOS #3

LNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

LP/LPV
ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV/VNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
VERTICAL DEVIATION
MONITOR #2

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LATERAL DEVIATION
MONITOR #1

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LATERAL VALID MONITOR

WAAS LOS #1

WAAS LOS #2

WAAS LOS #3

2
LNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

NOTES:
1.

FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.

USE DIODE P/N IN2222A.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED


BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 340
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Dual WAAS FMS Analog Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-211) (page 2 of 2)
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-211
FMS #1

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-211
FMS #2

P1

P1
A

JJ

JJ

KK

KK

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

P2

P2

A
3

ARINC 429 RX PORT


B

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

A
3

ARINC 429 RX PORT


B

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1A

ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C

P3

P3

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1A

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1B

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1B

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE IN
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
DISCRETE OUT

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE OUT

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE IN

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

NOTES:
1.

FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.

DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION


WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.

MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE WAAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED


BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 341
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)

Dual WAAS FMS Digital Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-221) (page 1 of 2)


FMS #2
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-221

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-221

P1

P1

WAAS LOS MONITOR

BB

BB

P2

P2

4
LATERAL AND VERTICAL
DEVIATION
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A

WAAS LOS MONITOR

PRIMARY NAV
DISPLAY

PRIMARY NAV
DISPLAY

LATERAL AND VERTICAL


DEVIATION
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A

A
ARINC 429 RX PORT

2
B

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

A
ARINC 429 RX PORT

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

APPROACH
ANNUNCIATOR

APPROACH
ANNUNCIATOR

APPROACH ANNUNCIATOR
DISCRETE OUT #4

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

APPROACH ANNUNCIATOR
DISCRETE OUT #4

P3
WAAS LOS #1

WAAS LOS #2

P3
LP/LPV
ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV/VNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

LP/LPV
ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV/VNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

3
WAAS LOS #3

WAAS LOS #1

WAAS LOS #2

WAAS LOS #3

3
LNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

LNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

4
A

ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT MONITOR #1

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT MONITOR #1

4
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B

NOTES:
1.

FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.

MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE WAAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

USE DIODE P/N IN2222A.

ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 AND #7 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN, P4-01 IOC,
P4-02 IOC, P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS
SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 342
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

Dual WAAS FMS Digital Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-221) (page 2 of 2)

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-221

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

JJ

JJ

KK

KK

A
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

P2

P2

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

FMS #2
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-221

P1

P1

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C

P3
H

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1A

P3

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1A

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1B

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1B

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE IN
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
DISCRETE OUT

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE OUT

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE IN

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

NOTES:
1.
2

FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.


DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION
WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED


BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 343
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(5)

Dual WAAS FMS EFI-890 Digital Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-221)


FMS #2
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-221

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-221
P2

P2
4

LATERAL AND VERTICAL


H
DEVIATION
LOS ANNUNCIATION
L
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A

EFI-890
PRIMARY NAV
DISPLAY

A
B

EFI-890
PRIMARY NAV
DISPLAY

LATERAL AND VERTICAL


DEVIATION
LOS ANNUNCIATION
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0A

H
ARINC 429 RX PORT

2
L

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

H
2

ARINC 429 RX PORT


L
H

ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

ARINC 429 TX PORT #2C

P1

P1
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR

BB

JJ

JJ

KK

KK

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

BB

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR
H
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0
L

P3
B

P3
WAAS LOS #1

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1A
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1B
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
DISCRETE OUT

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

K
3

WAAS LOS #1

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1A
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK 1B
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
DISCRETE IN
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL
DISCRETE OUT

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE IN

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

4
ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR #1

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
MONITOR #1

ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B


L

NOTES:
1.

FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.

MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE WAAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION


WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.

ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 AND #7 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN, P4-01 IOC,
P4-02 IOC, P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS
SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 344
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(6)

LP/LPV Monitor Power Installation (P/N 3116-52-1110)


LP/LPV MONITOR
P/N 3116-52-1110
TP
5

WAAS FORM
FACTOR SELECT

4D

WAAS SDI SELECT #3

4F

BP
FMS ON BATTERY
ANNUNCIATOR OUT

28 VDC IN

16

28 VDC AIRCRAFT BUS

28 VDC BATTERY IN

16

EMERGENCY BATTERY IF INSTALLED

POWER CONTROL

16

CHASSIS GND

16

POWER RETURN

16

WAAS GPS COAX

13

WAAS GPS ANTENNA


P/N 10708

NOTES:
1.

ALL WIRING TO BE 22 A.W.G. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

2.

DO NOT 'DAISY CHAIN' SHIELD GROUNDS.

BATTERY INPUT (28 VDC) APPLIES ONLY IF EMERGENCY BATTERY IS USED.

SHOULD ONLY BE CONNECTED AND CONFIGURED IF EMERGENCY BATTERY IS USED.

PIN TP 4D MUST BE CONNECTED TO GROUND TO ACTIVATE LP/LPV CAPABILITY.

SDI VALUE FOR THE ARINC 743A BUS


PIN TP 4F - GROUNDED, SDI = 1
PIN TP 4F - OPEN, SDI = 2

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 345
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(7)

Single WAAS FMS (Analog Configuration) (3017-XX-211) to LP/LPV Monitor

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-211

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

LP/LPV MONITOR
P/N 3116-52-1110

2
P1
A

JJ

KK

MP
10G

10H

4C

4D

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

P2
WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

A
ARINC 429 RX PORT

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

B
M

10F

10E

GG

HH

KK

LL

A
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2

VERTICAL DEVIATION

HSI #1

HSI #1

LATERAL DEVIATION

LATERAL DEVIATION VALID


FLAG 28V DISCRETE OUT

DD

HSI #1

VERTICAL DEVIATION VALID


FLAG 28V DISCRETE OUT

JJ

HSI #1

TP
2J

2K

2G

2H

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE IN

WAAS LOS #1

WAAS LOS #2

WAAS LATERAL
DEVIATION MONITOR #1

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LATERAL VALID MONITOR

4J

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
VERTICAL VALID MONITOR

4E

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE OUT
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR

4H
LP/LPV
ANNUNCIATOR

WAAS VERTICAL
DEVIATION MONITOR #2

4K

P3

LNAV/VNAV
ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV
ANNUNCIATOR

WAAS LOS #3

10J

10K

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK A
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK B

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

NOTES:
1.

FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.

THE PRECISION APPROACH SUBSYSTEM (PAS) SCN IS USED BY THE WAAS FMS MUST BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE LP/LPV MONITOR,
OTHERWISE LPV APPROACH WILL NOT FUNCTION. THE PAS SCN IS INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATE.

MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE WAAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.

USE DIODE P/N IN2222A.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 346
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(8)

Single WAAS FMS (Digital Configuration) (3017-XX-221) to LP/LPV Monitor

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-221
WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT #0

LP/LPV MONITOR
P/N 3116-52-1110

2
P1

MP

JJ

10G

KK

10H

4C

4D

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

P2
WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

A
ARINC 429 RX PORT

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

GPS/WAAS
TO TAWS,
VISION-1, ETC.

WAAS TX PORT #1
ARINC 743A DATA

10F

10E

DD

2C

2D

2A

2B

4E

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE OUT

4H

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
LOS MONITOR

A
ARINC 429 TX PORT #2

WAAS OFFSIDE FMS


INPUT RX PORT #0

6
ARINC 429 TX PORT #7
GUIDANCE BUS #2

PRIMARY NAV
DISPLAY #2

TP

P3

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT MONITOR #2
RX PORT #3

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT MONITOR #1
RX PORT #2

6
A

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL FAIL


DISCRETE IN

ARINC 429 TX PORT #0B


GUIDANCE BUS #1

WAAS LOS #1

WAAS LOS #2

PRIMARY NAV
DISPLAY #1

LP/LPV ANNUNCIATOR
LNAV/VNAV ANNUNCIATOR
5

WAAS LOS #3

10J

10K

WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK A
WAAS DIFFERENTIAL
TIMEMARK B

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
INPUT RX PORT #1

LNAV ANNUNCIATOR

WAAS CROSSCHANNEL
OUTPUT TX PORT#0

4
L

NOTES:
1.

FOR WAAS INSTALLATIONS, FMS SYSTEMS MUST BE WIRED AS ILLUSTRATED.

THE PRECISION APPROACH SUBSYSTEM (PAS) SCN IS USED BY THE WAAS FMS MUST BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE LP/LPV MONITOR,
OTHERWISE LPV APPROACH WILL NOT FUNCTION. THE PAS SCN IS INDICATED ON THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATE.

MULTIPLE CONFIGURABLE PORTS. REFER TO THE WAAS FMS CONFIGURATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

DIFFERENTIAL TIMEMARK IS USED IN SPECIAL MISSIONS APPLICATIONS WHERE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT IS DESIRED.

USE DIODE P/N IN2222A.

ARINC 429 TX PORT #0 AND #7 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS HS429, LS429, IC-600-01, IC615-01, HS429 MOD 2, HS429 MOD 3, 571 LRN, P4-01 IOC,
P4-02 IOC, P4-03 IOC, P4-04 IOC, P4-05 IOC, LS429 MOD 1, UNS HS429-1, BAE-146, AN HS429-1, PL21-01, IMS-01, IMS-02A, IMS-02B.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS
SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 347
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(9)

5-Inch FPCDU
5-INCH FPCDU
P/N 1018-X-XXX

UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-2X1
J2

J1
CDU DATA TX
RS422

CDU DATA RX

CDU DATA RX
RS422

CDU DATA TX

J2
FMS POWER CONTROL IN

POWER ON CONTROL OUT

20

28V POWER INPUT

20

POWER RETURN

20

20

20

RED

FF
1
AIRCRAFT +28 VDC POWER

28 VDC

5 VDC
OR
5 VAC

FPCDU LIGHTING

J1

RED RETURN

GREEN

GREEN RETURN

BLUE

BLUE RETURN

SYNC

SYNC RETURN

4
VIDEO

NOTES:
1

USE TRANSORB FOR ADDITIONAL SPIKE PROTECTION (TRANSORB P/N = 1N6284A)

DO NOT 'DAISY CHAIN' SHIELD GROUNDS.

USE EITHER 5 VDC OR 28 VDC, NOT BOTH.

VIDEO IS APPLICABLE ONLY TO 5-INCH FPCDU P/N 1018-2-XXX.

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 348
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(10)

4-Inch Flat Panel CDU P/N 1117-1-XXX


4-INCH FPCDU
P/N 1117-XX or
P/N 1117-1-XXX

UNS-1Ew 3017-XX-2X1
J1
CDU DATA TX
RS422

J1

CDU DATA RX

CDU DATA RX
RS422

CDU DATA TX

J2
FMS POWER CONTROL IN

POWER ON CONTROL OUT

20

28V POWER INPUT

20

POWER RETURN

FF
1
AIRCRAFT +28 VDC POWER

28 VDC

5 VDC
OR
5 VAC

20

20

20

FPCDU LIGHTING

NOTES:
1

USE TRANSORB FOR ADDITIONAL SPIKE PROTECTION (TRANSORB P/N = 1N6284A)

DO NOT 'DAISY CHAIN' SHIELD GROUNDS.

USE EITHER 5 VDC OR 28 VDC, NOT BOTH.

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 349
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(11)

DTU-100
DTU 100
(P/N 1406-01-X)
P1

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1

P3

OPTION PIN 0

OPTION PIN 1

20

CHASSIS GROUND

ETHERNET SHIELD

ETHERNET
TX

ETHERNET
RX

E
20
28 VDC
AIRCRAFT BUS

ETHERNET
RX CH0

ETHERNET
TX CH0

SHIELD

DC RETURN

28 VDC IN

P2

CONNECT TO
FMS #2
IF INSTALLED

CONNECT TO
FMS #3
IF INSTALLED

ETHERNET
RX CH1

ETHERNET
TX CH1

ETHERNET
RX CH2

ETHERNET
TX CH2

ETHERNET
RX CH3

ETHERNET
TX CH3

NOTES:
P
1

INTERFACE
RS422 ONLY
ETHERNET ONLY
RS422 & ETHERNET

PIN 0
GND
OPEN
GND

CONNECT ETHERNET SHIELD TO BACKSHELL OF P3.

ETHERNET CABLE PER ARINC 626 (10 BASE-T FOR AVIONICS USE)
P/N ECS 392404 OR EQUIVALENT.

CAUTION:

ETHERNET SHIELD

PIN 1
OPEN
GND
GND

IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 350
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(12)

Portable DTU-100

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1

BULKHEAD
CONNECTOR

P3
3

ETHERNET
TX

ETHERNET
RX

PORTABLE DTU 100


(P/N 1407-01-1)

P1

H
L

H
L

ETHERNET
RX CH0

ETHERNET
TX CH0

ETHERNET SHIELD

SHIELD

OPTION PIN 0

OPTION PIN 1

RS-422
DATA

28 VDC
AIRCRAFT BUS

12

12

DC RETURN

20

11

11

CHASSIS GROUND

20

13

13

28 VDC IN

BULKHEAD
CONNECTOR

CONNECT TO
FMS #2
IF INSTALLED

CONNECT TO
FMS #3
IF INSTALLED

ETHERNET
RX CH1

ETHERNET
TX CH1

ETHERNET
RX CH2

ETHERNET
TX CH2

ETHERNET SHIELD

ETHERNET
RX CH3

ETHERNET
TX CH3

NOTES:
1

THE DASHED LINES BETWEEN THE PORTABLE DTU AND P1 AND P2 CONNECTORS REPRESENT A WIRING HARNESS
WHICH IS PART OF THEPORTABLE DTU

CONNECT ETHERNET SHIELD TO BACKSHELL OF P3.

ETHERNET CABLE PER ARINC 626 (10 BASE-T FOR AVIONICS USE)
P/N ECS 392404 OR EQUIVALENT.

INTERFACE
RS422 ONLY
ETHERNET ONLY
RS422 & ETHERNET

CAUTION:

PIN 0
GND
OPEN
GND

PIN 1
OPEN
GND
GND

IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 351
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(13)

SSDTU Installation and DTU-100 Replacement


SSDTU
(P/N 1408-00-X)
6

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1

P3
1

P1

CHASSIS GROUND

SHIELD

ETHERNET SHIELD

ETHERNET
RX

20
28 VDC
AIRCRAFT BUS

P2
2

EIA-485 SIDE B

ETHERNET
TX

EIA-485 SIDE A

20

A
B

ETHERNET
RX CH1

ETHERNET
TX CH1

DC RETURN

28 VDC IN

P2
11

18

10

ETHERNET
RX CH2

5
51

55

50

54
44
40

ETHERNET
RX CH6

19
ETHERNET
TX CH6

SHIELD
+

41

47

ETHERNET
RX CH7

ETHERNET
TX CH7

48

42

SHIELD

36

28

35

27
29

ETHERNET
RX CH8

SHIELD

SHIELD

ETHERNET
RX CH3

ETHERNET
TX CH3

13

SHIELD

16

15

23
ETHERNET
TX CH8

ETHERNET
TX CH2

ETHERNET
RX CH4

ETHERNET
TX CH4

SHIELD

38

46

31

39

30

SHIELD

ETHERNET
RX CH5

ETHERNET
TX CH5

NOTES:
1

USE ETHERNET CABLE ECS P/N 392404 OR THERMAX/CDT P/N 956-426 OR EQUIVALENT.

THE EXPOSED UNSHIELDED ETHERNET WIRE BETWEEN THE SHIELD AND THE CIRCULAR CONNECTOR SHOULD BE LESS THAN
0.5 INCHES LONG.

CONNECT ETHERNET SHIELD TO BACKSHELL OF P3.

4.

REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU:


ETHERNET PORTS ON THE DTU-100 ARE NUMBERED ZERO(0) THRU THREE (3). PORTS ON THE SSDTU ARE NUMBERED ONE (1) THRU EIGHT (8).

TO HAVE ETHERNET PORTS TWO (2) THRU EIGHT (8) AVAILABLE WHEN REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU, ADDITIONAL
WIRING MUST BE ADDED FOR PORTS FOUR (4) THRU EIGHT(8) AND THE DTU-100 P2 CONNECTOR MUST BE REPLACED WITH
CONNECTOR PART NUMBER 83000255 WHICH IS INCLUDED IN INSTALLATION KIT K12079-1.

WHEN REPLACING A DTU-100 WITH AN SSDTU, NO CHANGES ARE REQUIRED TO THE PLUG P1 OR WIRING.

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 352
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(14)

Portable SSDTU
FMS #1
UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1

J1 BULKHEAD
CONNECTOR

P3
3

HARNESS
P/N 81304072

PORTABLE SSDTU
(P/N 1409-00-2)

P1

ETHERNET SHIELD

SHIELD

ETHERNET
TX

ETHERNET
RX

ETHERNET
RX CH1

ETHERNET
TX CH1

EIA-485 DATA

28 VDC
AIRCRAFT BUS

12

12

DC RETURN

20

11

11

CHASSIS GROUND

20

13

13

28 VDC IN

J2 BULKHEAD
HARNESS
CONNECTOR P/N 81140821 P2

3
3

J2 BULKHEAD
CONNECTOR

11

11

11

18

18

18

10

10

10

19

19

19

SHIELD #2

ETHERNET
RX CH2

P2
4

51

51

51

55

55

55

50

50

50

54

54

54

ETHERNET
RX CH6

ETHERNET
TX CH6

44

44

44

SHIELD #6

40

40

40

41

41

41

47

47

47

48

48

48

42

42

42

36

36

36

28

28

28

35

35

35

27

27

27

29

29

29

SHIELD #8

ETHERNET
RX CH7

ETHERNET
TX CH2

ETHERNET
RX CH3

ETHERNET
TX CH3

13

13

13

SHIELD #3

16

16

16

15

15

15

SHIELD #7

23

23

23

SHIELD #4

38

38

38

46

46

46

ETHERNET
TX CH7

ETHERNET
RX CH8

ETHERNET
TX CH8

ETHERNET
RX CH4

ETHERNET
TX CH4

ETHERNET
RX CH5

31

31

31

39

39

39

30

30

30

SHIELD #5

ETHERNET
TX CH5

NOTES:
1.

THE DASHED LINES BETWEEN THE PORTABLE DTU AND P1 AND P2 CONNECTORS REPRESENT A WIRING HARNESS
WHICH IS PART OF THE PORTABLE DTU.

CONNECT ETHERNET SHIELD TO BACKSHELL OF P3.

USE ETHERNET CABLE ECS P/N 392404 OR THERMAX/CDT P/N 956-426 OR EQUIVALENT.

THE EXPOSED UNSHIELDED ETHERNET WIRE BETWEEN THE SHIELD AND THE CIRCULAR CONNECTOR SHOULD BE
LESS THAN 0.5 INCHES LONG.

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 353
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(15)

Portable SSDTU (Portable DTU-100 Retrofit)

FMS #1
UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1

J1 BULKHEAD
CONNECTOR

P3
2

HARNESS
P/N 81304072

PORTABLE SSDTU
(P/N 1409-00-2)

P1

ETHERNET SHIELD

SHIELD

12

12

DC RETURN

20

11

11

CHASSIS GROUND

20

13

13

28 VDC IN

ETHERNET
TX

ETHERNET
RX

ETHERNET
RX CH1

ETHERNET
TX CH1

EIA-485 DATA

28 VDC
AIRCRAFT BUS

J2 BULKHEAD
CONNECTOR

HARNESS
P/N 81140811 P2

11

18

10

19

SHIELD #2

13

SHIELD #3

16

15

23

ETHERNET
RX CH2

ETHERNET
TX CH2

ETHERNET
RX CH3

ETHERNET
TX CH3

ETHERNET
RX CH4

ETHERNET
TX CH4

SHIELD #4

NOTES:
1.

THE DASHED LINES BETWEEN THE PORTABLE SSDTU AND P1 AND P2 CONNECTORS REPRESENT A WIRING HARNESS
WHICH IS PART OF THE PORTABLE SSDTU.

USE ETHERNET CABLE ECS P/N 392404 OR THERMAX/CDT P/N 956-426 OR EQUIVALENT.

THE EXPOSED UNSHIELDED ETHERNET WIRE BETWEEN THE SHIELD AND THE CIRCULAR CONNECTOR SHOULD BE
LESS THAN 0.5 INCHES LONG.

THE PORTABLE SSDTU MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF THE PORTABLE DTU BY USING WIRING HARNESS P/N 81304072 TO
CONNECT J1 AND P/N 81140811 TO CONNECT J2 OF THE SSDTU TO BULKHEAD CONNECTORS USED FOR THE PORTABLE
DTU. USING THE SSDTU IN THIS CONFIGURATION LIMITS THE ETHERNET PORTS TO #1-4, PORTS #5-7 ARE NOT AVAILABLE
IN THIS CONFIGURATION.

CONNECT ETHERNET SHIELD TO BACKSHELL OF P3.

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLERS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 354
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(16)

Compass, Heading and Fuel Flow Analog Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-211)


UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-211

SYNCHRO HEADING
INPUT

P1

+28 HDG VALID INPUT


HEADING INPUT SELECT
TRUE = 28VDC
MAG = OPEN

26 VAC
INSTR REF

#1 COMPASS SYSTEM

V
HH

26 VAC AIRCRAFT BUS

26 VAC AIRCRAFT BUS

HEADING REF

26 VAC
A/P REF

P3
H

PITCH VALID
DISCRETE OUT 28 VDC

PITCH CMD
OUTPUT

VNAV

P2
FD/AP COMPUTER
STEERING VALID OUT
28 VDC/OPEN
H
ROLL STRG OUTPUT
L

CC
AA

BB

P1
H

#1 FUEL FLOW

#1

#2 FUEL FLOW

#2
FUEL
FLOW
INPUTS

P2
H

CC

DD

#3 FUEL FLOW

#3

P3
#4 FUEL FLOW

#4

NOTES:
1

CAUTION:

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, ON LEARJET 30 SERIES AIRCRAFT, WITH JET FC200 AUTOPILOT, A STEERING INTERFACE
UNIT (SIU), P/N 92-7001-1, BE INSTALLED. THIS ALLOWS FULL FMS ROLL STEERING CAPABILITIES TO BE USED BY THE AUTOPILOT.
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 355
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(17)

Compass, Heading and Fuel Flow Digital Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-221)


UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-221

SYNCHRO HEADING
INPUT

P1

+28 HDG VALID INPUT

HEADING FLAG
INPUT SELECT
TRUE = 28VDC
MAG = OPEN

HH

#1 COMPASS SYSTEM

26 VAC AIRCRAFT BUS

26 VAC AIRCRAFT BUS

HEADING REF

26 VAC
A/P REF

P2
FD/AP COMPUTER
STEERING VALID OUT
28 VDC/OPEN
H
ROLL STRG OUTPUT
L

CC
AA

BB

P1
H

#1 FUEL FLOW

#1

#2 FUEL FLOW

#2
FUEL
FLOW
INPUTS

P2
H

CC

DD

#3 FUEL FLOW

#3

P3
#4 FUEL FLOW

#4

NOTES:
1

CAUTION:

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, ON LEARJET 30 SERIES AIRCRAFT, WITH JET FC200 AUTOPILOT, A STEERING INTERFACE
UNIT (SIU), P/N 92-7001-1, BE INSTALLED. THIS ALLOWS FULL FMS ROLL STEERING CAPABILITIES TO BE USED BY THE AUTOPILOT.
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 356
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(18)

Standard AC Pitch Analog Configuration (P/N 3017-XX-211)

UNS-1E P/N 3017-XX-211


P2
LATERAL DEV (XTK)
(ANALOG DC)

KK

LL

MASTER NAV VALID

DD

GG

HH

VERTICAL DEV
(ANALOG DC)

VERTICAL DEVIATION VALID

JJ
28 VDC
FMS PWR
FD NAV
SELECT

SYNCHRO
OR
RESOLVER
BEARING

SYNCHRO OR
RESOLVER
DES TRK

X-SIN

Y-COS

Z-SIN/
COS RET

X-SIN

Y-COS

Z-SIN/
COS RET

ARINC 561 DATA VALID

DATA
OUT

ARINC 561
OUTPUT

FD SWITCH UNIT
(AS APPLICABLE)

FD SWITCH UNIT

VHF NAV

FMS NAV

SYN

CLK

TO/FROM

MM

TO/FROM RETURN

NN

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER


THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 357
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(19)

ARINC Input Ports


UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1
P1

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #1

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #2

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #3

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #8

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #10

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #12

NN

PP

PP

GG

NN

1
1) POSITION
2) RADAR
3) ARINC DME/VOR
4) DADC
5) AHRS
6) XFILL, IF CROSSIDE FMS IS INSTALLED
7) ARINC 429 HS, 429 LS, 571
8) TAWS

P2
ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #9

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #11

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #12

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #14

HH

EE

FF

GG

HH

JJ

KK

LL

MM

P3
ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #4

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #5

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #6

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #7

ARINC 429
INPUT PORT #15

NOTES:
1
CAUTION:

IF AN INTERNAL GPS IS INSTALLED, PORT 0 MUST BE CONFIGURED AS GPSnB1 WHERE n IS THE SAME AS
FMS #1, FMS #2, OR FMS #3.
IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 358
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(20)

ARINC Output Ports


UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1
P2

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #0A

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #1

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #2C

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #4A

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #4B

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #5

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #6A

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #6B

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #7

JJ

KK

MM

LL

DD

1) POSITION
2) RADAR
3) ARINC DME/VOR
4) DADC
5) AHRS
6) XFILL, IF CROSSIDE FMS IS INSTALLED
7) ARINC 429 HS, 429 LS, 571
8) TAWS

P3
ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #0B

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #2A

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #2B

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #3

ARINC 429/571
OUTPUT PORT #4

AA

BB

NOTES:
1

ARINC OUTPUT PORTS #4A THRU #7 ARE ONLY AVAILABLE IN THE ALL DIGITAL FMS P/N 3017-XX-221.

ARINC OUTPUT PORT #4 IS ONLY AVAILABLE IN THE ANALOG FMS P/N 3017-XX-211.

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY


OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 359
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(21)

Discrete Inputs

UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1


P1
DISCRETE 2 IN
(GND/OPEN)

MM

DISCRETE 3 IN
(GND/OPEN)

LL

DISCRETE 4 IN
(GND/OPEN)

DD

MAG/TRU
OUT SEL

DISCRETE 5 IN
(GND/OPEN)

AA

STRUT SW
DISCRETE

DISCRETE 6 IN
(GND/OPEN)

CC

FREQ
MGMT

DISCRETE 7 IN
(GND/OPEN)

GG

SPERRY
VNAV
CAPT

DISCRETE 1 IN
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 8 IN
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 9 IN
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 10 IN
(28 VDC/OPEN)

DISCRETE 11 IN
(GND/OPEN)

561 DTG
RES

TEST

OPEN = 0 - 3999 NM
GND = 0 - 399 NM

OPEN = MAGNETIC
GND = TRUE
GND
GND W/ AC ON GND

AIR

P3

NOTES:
1

CONFIGURABLE INPUT DISCRETE. DEFAULT CONFIGURATION SHOWN WHERE APPLICABLE.


REFER TO THE CONFIGURATION MANUAL 34-61-XX.

2.

ATC1 SELECT:

3.

REVERSION TUNE: BOTH RTUS OFF = GND


EITHER OR BOTH ON = OPEN

THIS DISCRETE BECOMES LP LOS ANNUNCUATION WITH MOD 4 AND IS NO LONGER CONFIGURABLE.

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE AND VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT


MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

ATC1 = GND
STBY = OPEN
ATC2 = OPEN

34-60-49

Page 360
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(22)

Discrete Outputs
UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1
P2

DISCRETE 2 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 3 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 4 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 5 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 8 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 9 OUT
(28 VDC/OPEN)

EE

P3
DISCRETE 1 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 6 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

DISCRETE 7 OUT
(GND/OPEN)

NOTES:
1

350 mA MAX LOAD.

CAUTION: IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 361
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(23)

CSDB Ports
UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-2X1
P1
CSDB INPUT
PORT #3

CSDB INPUT
PORT #1

CSDB INPUT
PORT #2

P2
CSDB OUTPUT
PORT #2

CSDB OUTPUT
PORT #1

CSDB DME/VOR

P3
CSDB INPUT
PORT #4

NOTES:
1
CAUTION:

RS-422-NRZ DATA FORMAT FOR ALL CSDB LISTINGS.


IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY
OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 362
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(24)

ASCB Version A (SCN 1000.5/1100.5 and later)


UNS-1Ew P/N 3017-XX-231

P1

ASCB DISCRETE IN #1
(GND/OPEN)

NN

ASCB DISCRETE IN #2
(GND/OPEN)

PP

ASCB DISCRETE IN #3
(GND/OPEN)

PP

ASCB DISCRETE IN #4
(GND/OPEN)

ASCB DISCRETE IN #5
(GND/OPEN)

ASCB DISCRETE IN #6
(GND/OPEN)

ASCB DISCRETE IN #7
(GND/OPEN)

MM

ASCB DISCRETE IN #8
(GND/OPEN)

ASCB DISCRETE OUT #1


(28 VDC/OPEN)

ASCB DISCRETE OUT #2


(28 VDC/OPEN)

ASCB DISCRETE OUT #3


(GND/OPEN)

ASCB DISCRETE OUT #4


(GND/OPEN)

P2

P1

P2

P3

P2

NN

ASCB A DATA

ASCB A CLOCK

ASCB B DATA

P3

ASCB B CLOCK

CAUTION:

IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN
UNIVERSAL AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 363
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(25)

Video
UNS-1E P/N 3017-XX-2X1

DEMA-9S

P2

RS232 TEST
MONITOR PORT

TX

RX

GND

5
1
4

TO IBM COMPATIBLE
PC SERIAL PORT FOR
TEST PURPOSES ONLY

6
7

P3
RED
RED RTN

GREEN

GREEN RTN

EXTERNAL
VIDEO INPUT

BLUE

BLUE RTN

SYNC

SYNC RTN

P1
#2 FMS SELECT

EE

GND IF APPLICABLE

#3 FMS SELECT

FF

GND IF APPLICABLE

GNSS ANTENNA

NOTES:
1

EXTERNAL RGB VIDEO INPUT ALLOWS THE FMS TO BE USED AS A VIDEO DISPLAY FOR CAMERAS ETC. THE RGB INPUTS ARE 75 OHM
TERMINATED. THEY ACCEPT THE RS-170 STANDARD ONE VOLT SIGNAL. THE SYNC INPUT CAN BE DRIVEN BY COMPOSITE SYNC, 0 TO 5V
NEGATIVE LOGIC SIGNAL.

FMS SELECT
FMS #1
FMS #2
FMS #3 (SIDE 1)

P2, J IS ALSO CHASSIS GND.

REFER TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANTENNA IDENTIFICATION AND COAX RECOMMENDATIONS.

CAUTION:

P1-EE
OPEN
GND
OPEN

P1-FF
OPEN
OPEN
GND

IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PIN NUMBERS ON EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSAL
AVIONICS SYSTEMS CORPORATION.

34-60-49

Page 364
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

System Data Installation


System data installation and system configuration instructions are contained in the WAAS
FMS Configuration Manual.
Applicable SCN

SCN 1000.X/1100.X

Configuration Manual Report Number

34-61-01

34-60-49

Page 401
17 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Maintenance, Checkout and Troubleshooting


1.

Maintenance

A.

Flight Management System (FMS), P/N 3017-XX-2X1


Do not schedule maintenance for the FMS. No maintenance is needed unless a problem is
found.

B.

Configuration Module, P/N 30171


Do not schedule maintenance for the Configuration Module. No maintenance is needed
unless a problem is found.

C.

Data Transfer Unit (DTU-100), P/N 1406-XX or 1407-XX


Do not schedule maintenance for the DTU-100. No maintenance is needed unless a problem
is found.

D.

Solid State Data Transfer Unit (SSDTU), P/N 1408-00-X or 1409-00-2


Do not schedule maintenance for the SSDTU. No maintenance is needed unless a problem is
found.

E.

Control Display Unit (5-Inch FPCDU), P/N 1018-X-XXX


Do not schedule maintenance for the CDU. No maintenance is needed unless a problem is
found.

F.

Control Display Unit (4-Inch FPCDU), P/N 1117-XX or 1117-X-XXX


Do not schedule maintenance for the CDU. No maintenance is needed unless a problem is
found.

G.

LP/LPV Monitor, P/N 3116-52-1110


Do not schedule maintenance for the LP/LPV Monitor. No maintenance is needed unless a
problem is found.

34-60-49

Page 501
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

2.

Installation Checkout
Use these procedures as necessary to approve the Universal Avionics WAAS/SBAS FMSs or
WAAS/SBAS FMS and LP/LPV Monitor installations. Interfaces not included in the aircraft
may be omitted.

Ground Test Plan


UNS-1( )w NCU

System #1

System #2 or Monitor

System #1

System #2 or Monitor

System #1

System #2 or Monitor

Part Number:
Mod Status:
FMC SCN:
PAS SCN:
Serial Number:

GPS Antenna
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:

Config Module
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:

34-60-49

Page 502
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(1)

Pre-Test Requirements

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

Pre -Test Requirements

Function:

Required equipment is installed and operational

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Verify that all of the required equipment and compatible SCNs are installed and
operational. (DO-187 3.4.1.1)

Outcome:

1. FMSs (#1 and #2)


2. DTU
3. Pilot displays
4. Copilot displays
5. TAWS
6. Flight Director / Autopilot
7. Radio Altimeter
8. Air Data Computer(s)
9. VHF com systems
10. VHF NAV Receivers (#1 and #2).
11. ASU/EFB if installed
12. ACARS if installed
13. Attitude and heading sources

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 503
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

Installation

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

Installation

Function:

General Operation

Remarks:
Test Condition:

General Requirements (DO-229D 2.1.1.1), (DO-187 3.1.3)

Outcome:

1. Airworthiness (DO-229D 2.1.1.1.1)


2. Design and manufacture of the airborne equipment shall support
installation so as not to impair the airworthiness of the aircraft.
3. General Performance (DO-229D 2.1.1.1.2 ), (DO-187 3.4.1.2) The
equipment shall perform its intended function.
4. Equipment Interfaces (DO-229D 2.1.1.1.4 ),(AC-20-138A 12.f.(2)), (DO187 3.4.1.3)
5. The interfaces with other aircraft equipment shall be designed such that,
properly installed with other adequately designed equipment, normal or
abnormal GPS/SBAS equipment operation shall not adversely affect the
operation of other equipment. Nor shall normal or abnormal operation of
other equipment adversely affect the GPS/SBAS equipment except as
specifically allowed.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 504
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)

Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

Initialization & LPV Annunciation Test

Function:

FMS Power On Self Test

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Power up and initialize the FMSs.

Outcome:

1. Power up and initialize the FMSs.


2. Verify that each FMS has the current database.
3. On DATA Page 3/4 Verify that the FMS positions on each unit correspond
to ramp position
4. Verify all data on DATA page 2/4 is accurate and reflects the configuration
and sensors installed.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 505
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

Configuration

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

Configuration

Function:

Confirm Configuration

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Configuration (AC-20-138A 18.a)


Antenna Offset (DO-229D 2.2.4.3.3)

Outcome:

1. Verify that the configurations comply with the configuration data for the
syatem.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 506
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(5)

DTU

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

DTU

Function:

DATABASE

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Load a navigation database into both FMSs from the DATA DISK MENU
page.

Outcome:

1. Verify proper operation and database loading. (DO-229D 2.2.1.5.1) &


(DO-229D 2.2.1.5.2)

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 507
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(6)

Air Data Computer

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

Air Data Computer

Function:

Sensors

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. On DATA page 2/4 verify that the ADC is deselected on each FMS.
2. Pull the ADC #1 and ADC #2 CBs.
3. Reset ADC #1 and ADC #2 CBs.

Outcome:

2. Verify that the ADC INPUT FAIL message appears on each FMS.
3. Verify that the values are returned to normal.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 508
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(7)

SBAS GPS Sensor Evaluation

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

SBAS GPS Sensor Evaluation

Function:

Sensors

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Inspect Data page 2/4 on FMS.


2. On #1 FMS deselect WAAS #1.
3. Reselect WAAS.
4. Repeat above steps for #2 FMS and by deselecting WAAS #2.

Outcome:

1. On FMS, verify onside WAAS displays RNP/ANP factor.


2. On FMS, verify offside WAAS is in SBAS mode.
3. On offside FMS, verify WAAS displays RNP/ANP.
4. After reselection verify onside WAAS returns to normal.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 509
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(8)

DME/VOR Tuning and Inhibiting

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

DME/VOR tuning and navaid inhibiting.(If applicable)

Function:

Sensors

Remarks:

Normally on the ground VOR and DME are automatically deselected. (Test set may be
required)

Test Condition:

1.

Access the DME page via DATA page 2/4 on each FMS.

2.

Select the DME sensor.

3.

Access the NVD INHBT page. Input a DME station to inhibit.

4.

Access the VOR page via DATA page 2/4 on both FMSs.

5.

Tune the VHF NAV to a local VOR, and select the VOR sensor.

6.

After test deselect both the DME and VOR sensors.

1.

Verify that the page indicates the DME is deselected.

2.

Verify reception of local DMEs.

3.

Verify proper operation of the navaid inhibit function.

4.

Verify that the page indicates the VOR is deselected.

5.

Verify proper radial display.

Outcome:

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 510
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(9)

Power Loss Test

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

Power Loss Test

Function:

FMS

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Locate and Pull each FMS circuit breaker.


2. Reset the circuit breakers within 5 seconds.
3. Pull each FMS circuit breaker. Reset the breakers after 20 seconds.

Outcome:

1. Verify that the FMS loses power and that loss of navigation is output. (DO229D 2.1.1.13.2),(AC-20-138A 18.e), (DO-187 3.4.1.4)
2. Verify that the FMS returns to the page displayed prior to pulling the circuit
breaker. Verify that SYNC is not lost. (If Configured for SYNC)
3. Verify that each FMS requires pressing the ON key to power up. Verify that
the POWER FAIL page appears.
4. Verify that the FMS which was powered down properly Syncs to the other
FMS.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 511
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(10)

ACARS

Test:

10

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

ACARS (if installed)

Function:

ACARS

Remarks:

NOTE: This test point can be deferred to flight if unable to accomplish on the
ground.

Test Condition:

1. Upload text weather


2. Upload graphics weather (if available).
3. Send text messaging.

Outcome:

Verify that each FMS can send and receive ACARS messages over all
networks configured.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 512
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(11)

TAWS Control

Test:

11

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

TAWS Control (If configured)

Function:

TAWS

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. On the DATA TAWS MAINT page engage the test modes.


4. Add several altitudes to waypoints in the lateral flight plan.

Outcome:

1. Verify that the MAINT functions operate normally.


2. Verify line select keys for test functions operate normally.
3. Verify that the TAWS display on the specified display is as expected.
4. Verify the TAWS profile view accurately depicts intermediate crossing
waypoints.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 513
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(12)

Overall Evaluation of Pilot Interface

Test:

12

Phase of Flight:

Ground Test

Operation:

Overall evaluation of pilot interface.

Function:

General Operation

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Verify the following items:

Outcome:

Annunciators (DO-229D 2.2.1.1.5.1)


1. Brightness is controllable.
2. Capability to test external Annunciators.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 514
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Flight Test Plan


The following should be considered when the Universal Avionics WAAS/SBAS FMS with
LPV approach capability enabled is interfaced with the Flight Guidance System.
In a new WAAS/SBAS FMS installation or when upgrading an existing FMS to a
WAAS/SBAS FMS with LPV approach capability enabled, it is the applicants responsibility
to evaluate the equipment when interfaced with a Flight Guidance System (FGS) through the
use of properly authorized Systems and Equipment, Flight Test, or Flight Analyst DER. The
objective is to ensure that the WAAS/SBAS FMS equipment interface is compatible with the
aircraft.
The Systems and Equipment, Flight Test, or Flight Analyst DER should evaluate the effects
when the FGS de-gains during an LPV approach. Some FGS use a radio altimeter input, and
will use glide slope capture and passage over the middle marker beacon to reduce the gain if
the radio altimeter is failed. Certain FGS depend upon such inputs to enable the "glideslope
extension" function to reduce "porpoising" or aerodynamic instability when coupled to a
glideslope signal during the final approach phase. WAAS/SBAS FMS equipment designs do
not provide such signals
UNS-1( )w NCU

System #1

System #2 or Monitor

System #1

System #2 or Monitor

System #1

System #2 or Monitor

Part Number:
Mod Status:
FMC SCN:
PAS SCN:
Serial Number:

GPS Antenna
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:

Config Module
Part Number:
Mod Status:
Serial Number:

34-60-49

Page 515
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(1)

Pre-Flight Required Documents On-Board

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Before Engine Start

Operation:

Pre-Flight

Function:

Required Documents on Board

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Check for proper documentation aboard aircraft.

Outcome:

1. Registration Airworthiness Certificate


2. Current Weight and Balance
3. Required Flight Manuals and Supplements
4. Aircraft Flight Log
5. Aircraft Open Discrepancies
6. Aircraft Status Checked R&D/Show Compliance/Market Survey

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 516
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

Pre-Flight - Briefing

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Before Engine Start

Operation:

Pre-Flight

Function:

Briefing

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Brief the flight test

Outcome:

1. Review Flight Test Requirements


2. Review any limitations
3. Brief the purpose of the test
4. Brief the intended route of flight
5. Brief TFRs
6. Brief weather

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 517
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)

Pre-Test Requirements Required Equipment is Installed and Operational

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Before Engine Start

Operation:

Pre-Test Requirements

Function:

Required equipment is installed and operational

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Verify that all of the required equipment and compatible SCNs are installed and
operational. (DO-187 3.3.2)

Outcome:

1. FMSs (#1 and #2)


2. DTU
3. Pilot displays
4. Copilot displays
5. TAWS
6. Flight Director / Autopilot
7. Radio Altimeter
8. Air Data Computer(s)
9. VHF com systems
10. VHF NAV Receivers (#1 and #2).
11. ASU/EFB if installed
12. ACARS if installed
13. Attitude and heading sources

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 518
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

All Flight Guidance Interface

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Before Engine Start/Duration of flight

Operation:

All

Function:

Flight Guidance Interface

Remarks:
Test Condition:

During the course of the flight test observe and verify that the interface between
the FMS and flight guidance does not alter the cockpit design philosophy or
intended function of an FGS mode, switch or annunciation. (AC 20-138A
18.g),(AC 20-138A 23.b.(4))

Outcome:

1. Verify that the FMS or the FGS keeps the aircraft within the approved
operational envelope. (AC 20-138A 18.g.(2))
2. Verify that a positive, continuous and unambiguous indication is provided of
the FGS modes actually in operation. (AC 20-138A 18.g.(3))
3. Verify that there is consistent annunciation of engage/disengage timing of
the FGS. (AC 20-138A 18.g.(4))
4. Verify that those aircraft that have incorporated bank angle limiting,
consideration should be given to whether the GNSS equipment is defining
a path that cannot be flown. (AC 20-138A 18.g.(7))

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 519
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(5)

All Crew Workload

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Before Engine Start/During flight

Operation:

All

Function:

Crew Workload

Remarks:
Test Condition:

An analysis of crew workload when operating the GNSS equipment in


association with other piloting requirements should be conducted during all
phases of flight, including those non-normal procedures that can be evaluated
in flight. (AC 20-138A 23.b.(8))

Outcome:

Before Engine Start/During flight

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 520
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(6)

Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test FMS Power On Self-Test

Test:

Phase of Flight:

After Engine Start

Operation:

Initialization & LPV Annunciation Test

Function:

FMS Power On Self Test

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Power up and initialize both FMSs.


2. Enter information on Fuel pages as needed on only one FMS.
3. Enter a flight plan with the a SID and make the appropriate entries on the
FPL SUMMARY page.

Outcome:

1. Power up and initialize both FMSs.


2. Verify that both FMSs pass all items on the self test page.
3. Verify position matches the aircraft . Verify that the time and date are
correct.
4. Accept the position on FMS #1 and FMS #2 and verify that the reverse
video I disappears on both FMSs for SYNC operation.
5. Verify that FMS #1 and #2 have the current database.
6. Verify all data on DATA page 2/4 is accurate and reflects the configuration
and sensors installed.
7. Verify data on Fuel Pages 1 through 5 are correct. Verify that all fuel data
SYNC across.
8. Verify all data on FMS #2.
9. On Sensor page, verify WAAS1 Selected, WAAS2 SBAS"
10. Verify FMS #2 data was transferred from FMS #1. either by SYNC or XFILL

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 521
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(7)

Fly the Assigned SID Take-off and SID

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Departure

Operation:

Fly the assigned SID

Function:

TAKE-OFF & SID

Remarks:

Approach scaling on first leg of Missed Approach and on the first leg of a SID

Test Condition:

Take off and fly the legs of the SID. (DO-187 3.4.2.3.c), (DO-187 3.4.2.3.b)

Outcome:

1. Verify proper leg sequencing (DO-229D 2.2.1.2.4) with turn anticipation.


(AC 20-138A 23.b.(2)),(AC 20-138A 23.b.(4).(ii))
2. After takeoff verify ADC, DME, and VOR selected
3. Verify the data on NAV page 1/3.
4. Verify proper navigation of this procedure.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 522
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(8)

Fly the Assigned SID Take-off and SID

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Departure

Operation:

Fly the assigned SID

Function:

TAKE-OFF & SID

Remarks:

Approach scaling on first leg of Missed Approach and on the first leg of a SID

Test Condition:

Take off and fly the legs of the SID. (DO-187 3.4.2.3.c), (DO-187 3.4.2.3.b)

Outcome:

1. Verify proper leg sequencing (DO-229D 2.2.1.2.4) with turn anticipation.


(AC 20-138A 23.b.(2)),(AC 20-138A 23.b.(4).(ii))
2. After takeoff verify ADC, DME, and VOR selected
3. Verify the data on NAV page 1/3.
4. Verify proper navigation of this procedure.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 523
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(9)

Antenna Placement Antenna Shadowing

Test:

Phase of Flight:

Enroute

Operation:

Antenna placement

Function:

Airframe Shadowing

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Perform 30 degree bank turns both left and right.


2. On the GPS STATUS page monitor the satellite health.

Outcome:

1. Verify the airborne system receives differential SBAS correction.


2. INTEG should remain in SBAS throughout the entire maneuver. (AC 20138A 23.a.)

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 524
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(10)

Manual Leg Changes NAV

Test:

10

Phase of Flight:

Enroute

Operation:

Manual Leg Changes

Function:

NAV

Remarks:
Test Condition:

From NAV page 1/3, perform a manual leg change.

Outcome:

1. Verify proper interception of new active NAV leg


2. Verify the data on NAV page 1/2.
3. Verify proper indications on EFIS consistent with NAV page 1/3.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 525
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(11)

SXTK

Test:

11

Phase of Flight:

Enroute

Operation:

SXTK

Function:

SXTK

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Perform a SXTK.
3. Cancel SXTK

Outcome:

1. Verify that SXTK mode is allowed.


2. Verify that it is correct and reasonable.
3. Verify that up to a 45 degree intercept is flown to the new offset course.
4. Verify that non-numeric cross-track deviation is readable and discernable.
(AC 20-138A 13.b.(5))
5. Verify that SXTK cancels and the aircraft returns to the original course via
up to a 45 degree intercept.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 526
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(12)

VTO and TOD Calculations VNAV

Test:

12

Phase of Flight:

Enroute

Operation:

VTO & TOD Calculations

Function:

VNAV

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Go to VNAV PATH 1/2 and VTO to a FPL WPT.


2. Perform a DTO to a waypoint downstream of the VNAV WPT.
3. Press the VNAV key to access the PATH VNAV. Select a waypoint on the
FPL with an altitude and finish the VNAV entries.
4. Go to VNAV PATH 1/1 and cancel VNAV

Outcome:

1. Verify VNAV display is correct and recalculated.


3. Verify VNAV display goes invalid and proper message is pushed.
4. Verify computed TOD distance is reasonable.
5. Two minutes prior to TOD, verify "TOP OF DESCENT ALERT" message is
displayed.
6. Upon reaching TOD, verify "VERTICAL WPT ALERT" message is
displayed.
7. Verify that the VNAV indicator on the EFIS display becomes armed and will
show proper deviation from and to the VPATH.
8. Verify VNAV display goes invalid and pushes an appropriate message.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 527
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(13)

VHF and SATCOM Systems ACARS

Test:

13

Phase of Flight:

Enroute

Operation:

VHF & SAT COM systems (if installed)

Function:

ACARS

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Request several VHF TEXT ONLY weather requests.


2. Request several weather maps.

Outcome:

1. Verify weather message received.


2. NOTE: If this was accomplished in the ground test, this step can be
skipped.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 528
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(14)

Course TO or FROM Operations

Test:

14

Phase of Flight:

Enroute

Operation:

Course TO or FROM Operations

Function:

PVOR

Remarks:
Test Condition:

Create a PVOR using one or more of the following functions, from or to any
given WPT.
1. TRACK
2. INBOUND
3. OUTBOUND

Outcome:

1. Verify that the NAV display is correct


2. Verify that the aircraft flys the proper direction. (AC 20-138A 23.b.(2))
3. Cancel with the use of a DTO
4. Cancel with the use of a manual leg change

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 529
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(15)

Holding Patterns HOLD

Test:

15

Phase of Flight:

Enroute

Operation:

Holding Patterns

Function:

HOLD

Remarks:
Test Condition:

1. Define a standard holding pattern at the TO waypoint using the current


course as the inbound leg of the hold and Activate. (TSO-C115b a.(2),(ix))
or
2. Define a standard holding pattern at a TO waypoint using a course as the
inbound leg of the hold so as to create a PARALLEL entry and Activate or
3. Define a standard holding pattern at a TO waypoint using a course as the
inbound leg of the hold so as to create a TEAR DROP entry and Activate.

Outcome:

1. Verify entry is as expected.


2. Verify aircraft enters and flies the holding pattern correctly. (AC 20-138A
23.b.(2))
3. Verify the data on NAV page 1/3.

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 530
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(16)

SBAS Approach Approach LOS as Required

Test:

16

Phase of Flight:

Approach

Operation:

SBAS Approach ( minimum 3 approaches)

Function:

Approach LOS as required

Remarks:

SBAS APPROACH
Note: Verify that flight technical error (FTE) can be maintained at less than 1.0
NM for enroute and approach transition operating modes, and less than 0.25
NM for non-precision approaches, both with and without autopilot and/or flight
director use. (AC 20-138A 23.b.(3)),(AC 20-138A 23.b.(4).(vi).(A))

Test Condition:

1. Assure that the correct LOS is selected and annunciated.


2. Continue the approach to the DA.
3. At the DA select TOGA and fly the missed approach procedure to the hold.
Repeat This Test Condition as necessary.

Outcome:

1. Verify that on the Approach Category Selection Page all available LOS are
listed.
2. Verify that the correct LOS is annunciated on the CDU. (DO-229D
2.2.5.2.4),(AC 20-138A 19.c.(1))
3. Verify that the LOS is annunciated on the proper external light or display.
(DO-229D 2.2.1.6.1)
4. Verify that the aircraft properly follows the FMS HDG commands. (DO229D 2.2.3.2.1)
5. Verify that the aircraft properly intercepts the final approach course and flys
the approach with both vertical and lateral guidance.(DO-229D 2.2.3.3.1)
6. Upon commencing the missed approach confirm that the scaling remains
at 0.3 NM until the first turn point of the missed procedure.(DO-229D
2.2.3.7.1.2)
7. Verify that the CDU displays Missed Approach and leg sequences
properly.(DO-229D 2.2.3.2.2)
8. Verify that the LPV annunciation extinguishes (if performing LPV LOS).
9. Verify that the aircraft enters and flys the hold as expected. (DO-229D
2.2.1.3.11)

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 531
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(17)

Non SBAS Approach Additional Approaches

Test:

17

Phase of Flight:

Approach

Operation:

Non SBAS Approach (as req)

Function:

Additional approaches (GPS, NDB, VOR, VOR DME, ILS or LOC BC) as
required for the specific installation.

Remarks:

SBAS APPROACH
Note: Verify that flight technical error (FTE) can be maintained at less than 1.0
NM for enroute and approach transition operating modes, and less than 0.25
NM for non-precision approaches, both with and without autopilot and/or flight
director use. (AC 20-138A 23.b.(3)),(AC 20-138A 23.b.(4).(vi).(A))

Test Condition:

1. Load the selected approach into the FMS


2. Continue the approach to the DA.
3. At the DA select TOGA and fly the missed approach procedure to the hold.
Repeat This Test Condition as necessary.

Outcome:

Verify that the selected approach is execuited successfully

Findings:

Time:

System #1:

System #2:

34-60-49

Page 532
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

2.

Operational Checkout
You may make a copy of this section for recording the results of your checkout of the Flight
Management System. Mark the PASS or FAIL spaces and fill in the blanks as appropriate.
The contents of this section constitute the minimum Return to Service Procedures.
You should perform these checks when you install a new or repaired component of the Flight
Management System or related avionics equipment. You must know the aircrafts
navigational configuration before you103 checkout the Flight Management System.
If the equipment fails any check, refer to the Troubleshooting section for corrective
troubleshooting procedures.

A.

CDU / FMS Self-Test


These functional and self-tests should be performed after replacement of the FMS and/or the
4-Inch or 5-Inch FPCDU.
(1)

Ensure that all system component connectors are connected and units are seated in
mounting racks where applicable. For GPS tests the aircraft must be located outside
the hangar and the antenna must have an unobstructed view of the sky.

(2)

Reset any circuit breakers that may have been opened for replacement.

(3)

Ensure 28 VDC primary power is available on the bus supplying power to the FMS.

(4)

Ensure 26 VAC power is available to supply reference voltages to the FMS.

(5)

Ensure the Air Data Computer system and Air Data Converter (if installed) are
powered up and functioning.

(6)

Ensure the Heading source system supplying heading data to the FMS is powered up
and valid.

(7)

Select FMS for display on the flight instruments.

(8)

Ensure power for the FMS system annunciators is available and tested.

(9)

Turn on all sensors having independent power control such as IRS.

(10)

Push [ON/OFF DIM] on the CDU keypad. After a five-second warm-up, the self-test
page will be displayed.
 Pass

(11)

The aircraft type appears on line two.


 Pass

(12)

 Fail
 Fail

Check that all items on the self-test page display PASS.


 Pass

 Fail

Record failures:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________

34-60-49

Page 533
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(13)

Observe system annunciators during self-test. The following annunciators if


configured should illuminate for about 45 seconds during FMS self-test.
NOTE: This test is not supported on EFI displays.

(14)

WPT ALERT (Waypoint Alert)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

SXTK (Selected Crosstrack)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

APPR (Approach)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

HDG (Heading)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

MSG (Message)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

GPS INTEG (GPS Integrity)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

LNAV

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

LNAV/VNAV

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

LP/LPV

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

During the self tests, with the FMS selected for display on the HSI, verify the
following indications:
NOTE: This test is not supported on the EFI-890 displays.
NAV FLAG pulls out of view during self-test

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

TO/FR FLAG indicates TO condition

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

COURSE POINTER slews to 045 degrees

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

BEARING POINTER slews to 135 degrees

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

LATERAL DEVIATION moves 1 dot right (3.75 NM)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

VERTICAL DEVIATION moves 1 dot up (1600 ft.)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISTANCE DISPLAY shows 123.4 NM (or 123)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

ROLL COMMAND 10 degree right bank

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

NOTE: 1. Indications may differ with some equipment types and EFIS installations.
2. The terms Desired Track and Course Pointer are used interchangeably.
3. The terms Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) and Lateral Deviation
Needle are used interchangeably.
4. The terms Glide Slope Needle and Vertical Deviation Needle are used
interchangeably.
Record any discrepancies:
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: After completion of self-tests, the CDU will display the copyright page
followed by the Initialization page [INIT 1/1].

34-60-49

Page 534
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(15)

Push [MSG] to display any system messages. Verify that no FAIL messages or
DEMONSTRATION MODE messages are displayed. POSITION UNCERTAIN
is normal until the system has been initialized. If any fail messages are displayed,
refer to the Messages Section in the Operators Manual for possible causes. Push
[MSG] again to return to the INIT 1/1 page.  Pass
 Fail

(16)

The latitude and longitude of the field should be displayed. Push ACCEPT line select
key (LSK) [5L] or [ENTER] to initialize the position. The cursor will advance to the
date field.

(17)

If the date is correct push [ENTER] or enter the date numbers (DDMMYY), then
push [ENTER]. The cursor will advance to the UTC field.

(18)

If the time is correct, push [ENTER] or enter the time numbers (HHMM), then push
[ENTER]. The cursor will advance to the ACCEPT line select location. Push
ACCEPT, LSK [5L].

(19)

Fill in the following blanks with information from the last two lines of the INIT 1/1
page:
NAV DATABASE EXPIRES
_______________________________________________
FMC VER
_______________________________________________________________
NOTE: You may test the FMS with an expired database.

(20)

Push [DATA] four times to display DATA 4/4 page. Verify that the correct aircraft
heading is displayed in the HDG data field.  Pass
 Fail

(21)

Manually slew the heading off 10 degrees using the slave switch. Verify that the
heading tracks correctly in both directions.  Pass
 Fail
 N/A

34-60-49

Page 535
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(22)

Push [NEXT] to display DATA 1/4 page and push MAINT, LSK [5R] to display
MAINT 1/1 page. From MAINT 1/1 push S/W VERS, LSK [5L] and observe the
version identification of the various software installed on the system. The FMC
version should match the version approved for the installation in the Airplane Flight
Manual Supplement or other approved documentation. Record the software versions
below.
FMC

____________________

CDU

____________________

AUX

____________________

ANA

____________________

RRS

____________________

BSTRP ____________________
WAAS ____________________
ASCB

____________________

RTU

____________________
 Pass

(23)

 Fail

Activate the panel lighting system that powers the CDU faceplate lighting for the
FMS and verify proper operation.
 Pass

 Fail

34-60-49

Page 536
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

CDU Keyboard Dimming and Display Offset

BRIGHT
DIM
CANCEL
DISPLAY
OFF/STBY

Dimming Control Window


(1)

With any page displayed, push [ON/OFF DIM]. Verify the dimming control window
is displayed on the right side of the active page with the options BRIGHT, LSK [1R],
DIM, LSK [2R], CANCEL, LSK [3R], DISPLAY, LSK [4R] and OFF/STBY, LSK
[5R].
 Pass

(2)

Push and hold BRIGHT, LSK [1R], push and hold DIM, LSK [2R]. Verify that the
display brightens and dims.
 Pass

(3)

 Fail

 Fail

Press DISPLAY, LSK [4R]. Verify the Display control window is displayed on the
right side of the active page with the UP, DOWN, CANCEL and (optional) VIDEO,
line select keys.
Push and hold UP, LSK [1R], push and hold DOWN, LSK [2R]. Verify that the
display moves up and down and can be adjusted to minimize parallax between the
arrows and line select keys.
 Pass

(4)
C.

 Fail

Push [ON/OFF DIM] or any mode key to return to the previous display.

FMS Configuration Verification


The FMSs Configuration Module was programmed to allow the FMS to interface with the
installed sensors, databases, etc. The CDU will display which aircraft hardware the
Configuration Module is programmed for.
To verify proper programming, check the Aircraft Configuration Data Sheets against the
CDU configuration displays. Refer to the applicable Configuration Module Programming
Procedures located in the WAAS FMS Configuration Manual for SCN 1000/1100 and
subsequent SCNs, Report No. 34-61-XX.
 Pass

 Fail

34-60-49

Page 537
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

Static Test
Selected analog and discrete static tests are available while the aircraft is on the ground.
NOTE: Static tests may not function correctly with some EFIS installations.
Static tests are selected from the maintenance page and confirm data exchange
synchronization between the aircraft and FMS during operation. Static tests verify two
sources of output: analog and digital.
(1)

Analog Tests (P/N 3017-XX-211)


Analog tests are available only for FMSs equipped with an analog board.
(a)

From DATA 1/4 page, press the MAINT line select key and select STATIC
TEST from MAINT 1/1. Then press ANALOG Line select Key. ANALOG
1/2 page is displayed.

(b)

Outputs to the flight guidance system are checked by pressing each line select
key and verifying the proper display on the HSI or ADI.

NOTE: Each option must be turned off by again pressing the line select key before a
new option can be tested.
ANALOG TESTS 1/2

(c)

BEARING 90

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

BEARING 45

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

BEARING 135

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DSRTK 90

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DSRTK 45

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DSRTK 135

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

XTK LEFT

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

XTK RIGHT

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

XTK CENTER

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

Press [NEXT] for ANALOG TESTS 2/2.


ANALOG TESTS 2/2
VERT UP

(d)

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

VERT DN

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

VERT CTR

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

TO

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

FROM

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

ROLL 20 DEG R

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

ROLL 20 DEG L

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

ROLL 0 DEG

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

Press RETURN for STATIC TEST 1/1.

34-60-49

Page 538
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

Discrete Tests
(a)

Press the DISCRETE line select key. DISCRETE 1/2 page is displayed. Each
discrete is labeled as it was configured and can be tested.
DISCRETE TST 1/2

(b)

DISC OUT 1

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 2

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 3

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 4

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 5

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 6

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 7

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

Press [NEXT] for DISCRETE TESTS 2/2.


DISCRETE TST 2/2
DISC OUT 8

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 9

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 10

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

DISC OUT 11

 Pass

 Fail

 N/A

34-60-49

Page 539
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

3.

Interface Checkout

A.

HSI Test
(1)

Press the DTO key then the LIST key. The LIST 1/10 page with VOR/PLT waypoints
will be displayed.

(2)

Select any one of the waypoints by entering its corresponding number at the cursor
and pressing ENTER twice. NAV 1/3 will be displayed.

(3)

Verify the desired track, bearing, distance and crosstrack (XTK) displayed on the HSI
is the same as on the CDU.
 Pass

 Fail

(4)

On DATA page 2 press the ADC line select key to display ADC 1/1.

(5)

Press the line select key next to the TAS field and enter 100. Press ENTER.
NOTE: You must deselect GPS and INS before entering TAS as 100.

(6)

On NAV 1/3 verify that the groundspeed displayed on the CDU matches that on the
HSI (if the HSI supports this option).
 Pass

B.

 N/A

Winds Display (EFIS Only)


(1)

Display NAV 1/2.

(2)

Select Wind Display on the EFIS. Verify that the winds displayed on the HSI
correspond to those on the CDU.
 Pass

(3)
C.

 Fail

 Fail

 N/A

Turn the FMS off, then on before proceeding with additional tests.

DME Interface Test


Valid DME signals must be received by the DME or RRS system when testing the DME
interface. Local DME station signals, if available on the ground, are adequate to verify
operation of the interface. Otherwise a DME signal generator is required. Manual signal
generators capable of providing DME test frequencies of 108.00 and 108.05 can also provide
a lock-on and DME test of the DDC frequency of 108.20. Otherwise, a generator capable of
manually tuning this frequency should be used.
(1)

If a local DME station can be received at the aircrafts location, turn on and initialize
the FMS to the local airport reference point identifier. If a DME signal cannot be
received and a ramp tester is used, initialize the FMS to KDDC.

(2)

Select DATA page 2. Press the DME line select key to display DME 1/1 page. Verify
that the STATUS field displays NORMAL (D).

(3)

Press the SELECT DME line select key. The (D) will extinguish and the DME
identifiers will change on a four-second interval as the DME scan tunes to stations in
the area.

34-60-49

Page 540
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

Press the MAN DME line select key to place the cursor over the data field.
NOTE: Two MAN DME LSKs are displayed, select only one.

(5)

Press the LIST key to display a list of DME stations in the area. If local DME is used,
choose the local DME from the list. If a signal generator is used and the FMS was
initialized to KDDC, select DDC from the list and press ENTER.

(6)

Verify that the local distance to station or distance provided by the DME generator is
displayed.
Pass

(7)

Fail

N/A

If the FMS was initialized to KDDC, turn it off and then on again and initialize to the
local airport reference point to prevent confusion.
NOTE: The following steps apply to TACAN (RRS only).

(8)

Display DATA page 2 (if applicable).

(9)

Select TACAN Status page.

(10)

Check radial displayed on CDU for reasonableness.

(11)

Compare distance displayed on CDU with aircraft TACAN distance.


Pass

D.

VOR Test (without RRS)


(1)

From DATA page 2 press the VOR line select key.

(3)

Verify that the frequency displayed in the FREQ field corresponds to the active
frequency of the appropriate Nav Control Head.
Pass

E.

Fail

Fail

N/A

DTU-100 Test
NOTE: 1. This test can only be performed on the ground.
2. It is necessary to have the correct UASC Database disk.
(1)

From DATA page 1 press the DISK line select key.

(2)

Insert the data disk into the DTU-100.

(3)

Press DISK CONTENTS line select key.

(4)

Verify that the DTU-100 reads the disk and the disk information is displayed on the
CDU.
Pass

Fail

N/A

34-60-49

Page 541
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


F.

SSDTU Test
NOTE: This test can only be performed on the ground.
NOTE: It is necessary to have a correct Universal Database on a USB or Secure Digital
(SD) data storage device.
(1)

From DATA page 1 press the DISK line select key.

(2)

Insert a mass storage device into the SSDTU.

(3)

Press DISK CONTENTS line select key.

(4)

Verify that the SSDTU reads the storage device and that database information is
displayed on the FMS CDU.
Pass

(5)

Fail

N/A

Verify indicators are illuminated in accordance with the following table.


Pass

Indicator
Type

Fail

N/A
Indicator Color and Action

Blank

Green
Solid

Green
Blinking

Amber
Solid

Blue
Solid

Blue
Blinking

STATUS
(Front)

SSDTU Off

Operational

N/A

Self Test

N/A

USB
(Front)

No device
present

Device OK,
not in use

Device is
being
accessed

CBIT has
detected an
error (SSDTU
will reboot)
Bad or
unsupported
device

Device is
being
accessed

SD
(Front)

No device
present

Device OK,
not in use

Device is
being
accessed

Bad or
unsupported
device

NET
(Front)

Not yet
operational

N/A

N/A

N/A

Device OK, in
use (Indicates
Primary
Storage
Device)
Device OK, in
use (Indicates
Primary
Storage
Device)
N/A

Ethernet
(Rear)

No device
present

A network link
is established
on this port

Network
activity

N/A

N/A

N/A

34-60-49

Device is
being
accessed

N/A

Page 542
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


G.

Approach Mode Test


NOTE: This test does not operate correctly on some EFIS types.
(1)

Turn on and initialize the FMS (position does not matter for this test).

(2)

From DATA page 1, press the MAINT line select key.

(3)

From MAINT 1/1, press the DYNAMIC TEST line select key.

(4)

From DYNAMIC TEST 1/1 press the APPROACH line select key.

(5)

As the test begins, select the proper mode of the flight director.
NOTE: The radio altimeter should be disabled for vertical coupling.

(6)

As the CDI returns to center, Nav mode will capture.


Pass

(7)

Fail

N/A

Fail

N/A

The lateral mode of the flight director drops during FLAG STEER test (if roll steering
for approach).
Pass

(11)

N/A

The glideslope flag comes into view during FLAG VERT test.
Pass

(10)

Fail

The V-bars will follow the lateral and vertical commands as specified for the test.
Pass

(9)

N/A

As the glideslope needle returns to center, the glideslope function will capture.
Pass

(8)

Fail

Fail

N/A

Nav flag drops into view during NAV FLAG test.


Pass

Fail

N/A

34-60-49

Page 543
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

4.

Sensors Checkout

A.

IRS
NOTE: Inertial Reference System must be in Nav mode before conducting the following tests.
(1)
From DATA page 2 press the line select key for any IRS.
(2)
From IRS 1/1 note the following:
Status
Hdg
1. _______________________
_______
2. _______________________
_______
3. _______________________
_______
Pass

B.

Fail

N/A

GPIRS
(1)
From DATA 2/4 press the line select key for IRS/GPS.
(2)
From GPIRS1 1/3 note the following:
GPS __________
IRS ___________
EPU __________
HDG ___________
# Sats __________
Integ __________
HIL __________
Pass
Fail
N/A
(3)
If additional GPIRS are installed repeat the above procedure selecting the appropriate
IRS/GPS.
GPIRS2
GPS __________
IRS ___________
EPU __________
HDG ___________
# Sats __________
Integ __________
HIL __________
Pass
Fail
N/A
GPIRS3
GPS __________
IRS ___________
EPU __________
HDG ___________
# Sats __________
Integ __________
HIL __________
Pass
Fail
N/A

34-60-49

Page 544
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

LORAN C
NOTE: Aircraft must be outside for this test.
(1)

From DATA page 2 press the line select key for LCS.

(2)

From LCS 1/3 note the following:


Status (NAV, Noncert or Search) _____________________________
LOA (Inside or Outside) ____________________________________

D.

GRI

Stations

__________

__________

__________

__________

__________

__________

GPS-1
NOTE: Aircraft must be outside for this test.
(1)

From DATA page 2 press the line select key for GPS1.

(2)

From GPS 1/4 note the following:


GPS (ACQ, ALT, NAV) __________

EPU

__________

#SATS ________________________

INTEG __________

HIL ___________________________

273

__________

277 ___________________________
Pass
E.

Fail

N/A

WAAS1
NOTE: Aircraft must be outside for this test.
(3)

From DATA page 2 press the line select key for WAAS1.

(4)

From WAAS 1/4 note the following:


MODE (ACQ, SBAS, NAV) ________
#SATS _________________________

INTEG __________

HPL ___________________________

HAL __________

VPL ___________________________

VAL __________

HFOM _________________________

VFOM __________

352 ____________________________

354

__________

VER ___________________________
Pass

Fail

N/A

34-60-49

Page 545
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


F.

UASC Radio Reference Sensor (RRS)


NOTE: The following Checkout Procedures may be accomplished in flight and all data can
be compared to aircraft DME, VOR and (if applicable) TACAN.
(1)

Display DATA page 2.

(2)

Select VOR Status page.

(3)

Tune test station by frequency (Test) or by ID (line select key adjacent to IDENT).
Check radial displayed on CDU for reasonableness.
Pass

G.

Fail

Air Data
NOTE: This test requires the use of a pitot/static tester and approved procedures.
(1)

From DATA page 2 press the ADC line select key.

(2)

With pitot static test unit applied to the aircraft, run the airspeed up to approximately
200 knots. Confirm that the TAS displayed on the CDU is correct.
Pass

(3)

Change the baro setting on the appropriate altimeter and confirm that the baro-altitude
reading on the CDU coincides with the altimeter reading.
Pass

(4)

H.

Fail

Confirm that the SAT displayed on the CDU is reasonable.


Pass

(5)

Fail

Fail

N/A

Turn off FMS and turn it back on before proceeding with additional tests.

Fuel Flow
(1)

Press the FUEL key until FUEL 5/5 is displayed.

(2)

With all engines running, ensure that the fuel flow displayed on the CDU matches the
aircrafts fuel flow gauges. Check this on at least two different power settings.
Pass

Fail

N/A

34-60-49

Page 546
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


I.

GPIRS Checkout
(1)

GPIRS Status
GPIR1 1/3
gps HYB [D] irs NAV
[D]
q
01
hdg 101
#sata 06
integ RAIM
set hdg ---
hil
0.06nm
select
velocity
irs

fms1
s123 e420
select
irs
s124 e421
gps

gps
s123 e422
hyb
s125 e423
RETURN

GPIR1 1/3
This page is accessed from DATA page 2 and provides data on the GPS and IRS
sensors.
NOTE: The page layout may differ in some installations. Status (GPS)
 HYB

Navigation mode is using hybrid position from IRS and GPS.

 NAV

GPS position alone is being used without IRS aiding.

Altitude aiding mode (ADC altitude being used to supplement poor


 ALT
satellite geometry).
 INIT

GPS/IRS is initializing position.

 ACQ

GPS is acquiring satellite for navigation.

 TEST

GPS is in test mode.

 FAIL

GPS has failed or no 429 data is being received.

Status (IRS)
 NAV

IRS has correctly aligned and is in NAV.

 ALIGN

IRS is in alignment mode.

 FAIL
No ARINC 429 data received from GPIRS or else GPIRS is sending
FAIL status on the 429 bus.
 ATT

IRS is in ATTITUDE mode. Sensor will not be used for navigation.

This page will also show number of satellites being tracked as well as the North and
East component velocities from the IRS, GPS, FMD and HYBrid IRS/GPS.
SET HDG (2R) The value entered is displayed and transmitted on ARINC 429 label
043 for 12 seconds. Then dashes are displayed in the field again and label stops
transmitting. This is used for setting IRS heading when in ATT mode. The display
will indicate (degree symbol) for magnetic and T for true heading.
The GPS and IRS can be independently selected or deselected from this page.

34-60-49

Page 547
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

GPIRS Comparison Page


GPIR1 2/3
fms1 pos
irs pos
n
33 54.0
n
33 54.8
w 117 57.3
w 117 57.8
diff n
00 00.8
w 000 00.5
GPS
20.2
irs
15.2
HYB

20.7
RETURN

GPIR1 2/3
This page is similar to DATA 3/4 but only HYB, GPS and IRS positions are shown
for comparison to FMS positions. Pushing the line select key next to GPS, HYB or
IRS will display that position in the upper right hand field and show the difference
from the FMS position.
(3)

GPIRS Diagnostics Page


GPIR1 3/3
gpirs diagnostics
270 08DA10
273 056789
274 8745AF
350 604344
352 873243
353 6A7EC2
355 05A5A5
RETURN

GPIR1 3/3
This page shows contents of ARINC 429 labels from GPIRS as shown in left hand
column. Data is in hexadecimal and is for diagnostic purposes only.

34-60-49

Page 548
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

GPIRS Diagnostics
GPIRS BUS 270 IRS Status
ARINC 429 Hi Speed
Transmission Rate:

500 milliseconds

GPIRS Diagnostic Bit Assignments


01

1 1 1

02

03

04

0 0 0

05

06

07

SDI

08

Status Bits

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

18

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

P MM

0 1

Status bit meanings if set to one:


Bit 17: IRS on DC power
Bit 15: IRS attitude is invalid, IRS is failed
Bit 13: IRS in NAV (navigation mode)
Bit 12: IRS in ARR (attitude mode)
Bit 11: IRS in ALIGN mode
Where MM is 0:

0 = valid
else = invalid

Where P is bit which causes sum of 32 bits to be odd.


GPIRS BUS 273 Autonomous GPS Status
ARINC 429 Hi Speed
Transmission Rate:

500 milliseconds

34-60-49

Page 549
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


GPIRS Autonomous GPS Status Bit Assignments
01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

Status Bits

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

18

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

P MM

0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1

Status bit meanings if set to one:


Bit 29: Reserved
Bit 28:
000 = Self-Test
001 = Initialization
010 = Acquisition
011 = Navigation
100 = Altitude Aiding
101 = Spare
110 = Spare
111 = Fault
Bit 25
Bit 23
Bit 19
Bit 15: Secondary IRS/FMS source used
Bit 14: IRS/FMS not present
Bit 13: Secondary DADS source used
Bit 12: DADS not present
Bit 11
Where MM is 0:

0 = valid
else = invalid

Where P is bit which causes sum of 32 bits to be odd.


GPIRS BUS 274 Hybrid GPS Status
ARINC 429 Hi Speed
Transmission Rate: 500 milliseconds

34-60-49

Page 550
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


GPIRS Hybrid GPS Status Bit Assignments
01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

Status Bits

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

18

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

P MM

0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1

Status bit meanings if set to one:


Bit 29: Reserved
Bit 28
000 = Self-Test
001 = Initialization
010 = Acquisition
011 = Navigation
100 = Altitude Aiding
101 = Spare
110 = Spare
111 = Fault
Bit 25
Bit 23
Bit 19: Active GPSSU Source:
0 = GPSSU #1
1 = GPSSU #2
Bit 18
00 = Valid
01 = Inactive
10 = Functional Test
11 = Fail
Bit 16
00 = Valid
01 = Inactive
10 = Functional Test
11 = Fail
Bit 14
Where MM is 0:

0 = valid
else = invalid

Where P is bit which causes sum of 32 bits to be odd.

34-60-49

Page 551
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


J.

UASC GPS Checkout


Except where indicated, this checkout applies to the internal GPS and GPS 1000:
(1)

Test Preparation

(2)

Apply aircraft power to the FMS and GPS sensor(s) system.

(3)

Power up the FMS and initialize by verifying or entering proper date, time and
present position.

(4)

Access DATA 2/n page (sensor select page) and select GPS. GPS 1/3 page will
appear.

(5)

Status will display either ACQ (acquiring) or INIT (initializing).


NOTE: At times it may take up to 30 minutes to acquire a valid almanac from the
satellites present.

(6)

Wait until NAVB appears on GPS 1/3 status page.

GPS1 1/4 Status Page


stat
q
#sats
integ
hil
hdop
vdop
273
277
ver

GPS1 1/4
NAV [D]
address
01
----06
data
RADIO
---0.06nm
select
1.57
gps only
2.46
063580 select gps
000000
0001
RETURN

GPS1 1/4 Status Page


NOTE: GPS label 277 shown on the screen above applies only to the internal GPS
and GPS-1000.
NOTE: The page layout may be different in some installations.

34-60-49

Page 552
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(a)

GPS Status:


NAV GPS is NAV mode

ACQ GPS is acquiring satellites

INIT

GPS is initializing first position from internal almanac

ALT

GPS is using altitude to compensate for poor satellite geometry

TEST GPS is in TEST mode

FAIL GPS has failed or 429 data is not received from GPS

(b)

GPS Q factors: These are error estimates in tenths of nautical miles (a Q factor of 01
is equal to 0.1 NM circular error estimate). A Q factor of 99 indicates that the sensor
is not usable by the FMS.

(c)

# SATELLITES: The number of satellites currently being tracked by the GPS.


This page shows ARINC 429 data on labels 273 and 277 from the GPS sensor. The
operator may enter a five-digit hex ADDRESS field to view four-digit hex data in
DATA field. This page is to be used for diagnostics and troubleshooting. HDOP and
VDOP are for reference only.

(d)

SELECT/DESELECT GPS: Used to manually select or deselect the GPS sensor.

(e)

Label 273 GPS Sensor Status (discrete)


APPROX. RESOLUTION

N/A

UNITS:

N/A

MAXIMUM VALUE

N/A

DATA FORMAT:

TBD

MINIMUM VALUE

N/A

FULL SCALE:

N/A

34-60-49

Page 553
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Label 273 GPS Sensor Status (discrete)
FIELD
NAME

BIT
WEIGHT

LABEL

6th

1
2
4

BIT
NUMBER
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11

DESCRIPTION
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0

CODE = 273 OCTAL

SPARE
SPARE
MSB of Satellite Visible (16X)
1 > 15 visible; 0
8
12
0
DADC STATUS
0 = PRESENT, 1 = NOT PRESENT
5th
1
13
X
DADC SOURCE
0 = PRIMARY, 1 = SECONDARY
2
14
X
FMS STATUS
0 = PRESENT, 1 = NOT PRESENT
4
15
X
FMS SOURCE
0 = PRIMARY, 1 = SECONDARY
8
16
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (1X) LSB
4th
1
17
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (2X)
2
18
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (4X)
4
19
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (8X) MSB
(See bit number 11)
8
20
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (1X) LSB
3rd
1
21
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (2X)
2
22
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (4X)
4
23
X
NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (8X) MSB
(See bit number 29)
8
24
X
SPARE
2nd
1
25
X
SPARE
2
26
X
GPS OPERATIONAL MODE Note 1
4
27
X
GPS OPERATIONAL MODE Note 1
8
28
X
GPS OPERATIONAL MODE Note 1
1st
1
29
X
MSB of SATELLITES TRACKED (16X) 1 > 15
tracked; 0
2
30
X
SSM Note
4
31
X
SSM Note
8
32
X
PARITY (ODD)
NOTE: The meanings of the bit combinations for GPS OPERATIONAL MODE and SSM are shown in
the following tables.

34-60-49

Page 554
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


GPS OPERATIONAL MODE
BIT 28

BIT 27

BIT 26

MEANING

SELF TEST MODE

INITIALIZATION MODE

ACQUISITION MODE

NAVIGATION MODE

ALTITUDE AIDING MODE

SPARE

SPARE

FAULT

BIT 31

BIT 30

NORMAL OPERATION

NO COMPUTED DATA

FUNCTIONAL TEST

NOT USED

MEANING

34-60-49

Page 555
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(e)

Label 277 GPS Diagnostics


This label applies to the internal GPS and GPS 1000.

APPROX. RESOLUTION

N/A

UNITS:

N/A

MAXIMUM VALUE

N/A

DATA FORMAT:

TBD

MINIMUM VALUE

N/A

FULL SCALE:

N/A

277 GPS Diagnostics


DIGIT

BIT
WEIGHT

BIT NO.

1
2
1
2

1
2
3
4

4
1
2
4

5
6
7
8

th

1
2
4
8

9
10
11
12

Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused

th

1
2
4
8

13
14
15
16

Unused
Unused
Unused
Low Battery Voltage (for Sensor II battery backed up RAM)

th

1
2
4
8

17
18
19
20

ARINC Receiver Parity Errors


Noisy Interrupt Exception
Spurious Interrupt Exception
Uninitiated Interrupt Exception

rd

21

2
4

22
23

24

Bus Error, Address Error, Illegal Instruction, Privilege Violation or


Divide By Zero Trap Exception
Message Negatively or Not Acknowledged by Sensor II
Satellite Status, GPS Satellite Range Residual, Satellite
Measurement Data, Ephemeris, Data, Almanac Data or MEC
Support Message Not Received from Sensor II
GPS Pos Data, GPS Lat/Lon or GPS Pos Fix Sol/Variables or
Binary Position Data Message Not Received from Sensor II

nd

1
2
4
8

25
26
27
28

Sensor II Communications Failure


ARINC Transmitter or Receiver Failure
RAM Addressing or Data Storage Failure
GPS Board Software Checksum Failure

st

1
2

29

Unreasonable Alt or Unreasonable Ground Speed or Dup Sat


Elevations and Azimuths
SSM 01 = Invalid
SSM 10 = Unused
Parity Bit

4
8

30
31
32

DESCRIPTION
Octal Label = 277

34-60-49

Page 556
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


GPS1 2/4 and 3/4 Pages

sv#
04
06
29
22
16
13
09
15

GPS1 2/4
az
el
snr
stat
122 38
54
5
93 87
23
4
248 11
18
2
248 22
26
4
223 45
33
9
180 02
04
7
127 53
34
4
35 67
36
4
RETURN

GPS1 2/4
This page applies to the internal GPS and GPS-1000

sv#
05
07
24
21
26
23
19
11

GPS1 3/4
az
el
snr
stat
22 48
54
5
193 57
23
4
148 21
18
2
241 27
26
4
210 35
33
9
150 62
04
7
237 43
34
4
100 07
36
4
RETURN

GPS1 3/4
This page applies to the internal GPS and GPS 1000
These pages display the twelve satellites most likely in current use by the GPS. Each line
displays SV# (Satellite Vehicle Number). Azimuth will always be true direction from the
aircraft. Elevation is in degrees above the horizon (90 degrees is directly overhead the aircraft
position). EL may be negative indicating a satellite below the horizon. SNR is a number from
0 to 63 in dB Hz. Status is a number from 0 top 9 and is defined as follows:
GPS SATELLITE STATUS
STATUS

DEFINITION

Satellite is assigned to a channel

FIND command issued

Waiting to receive almanac and ephemeris data

Waiting to receive complete pseudo range data block

Performing the tracking/acquisition process

Fast sequencing of satellite signal (tracking mode)

Satellite is not assigned to a channel

Lost satellite lock during sequencing process

Waiting for clock message

Satellite not found

34-60-49

Page 557
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


GPS1 4/4 Page
GPS1 4/4
deselected
satellites stat
5
23
17
8

des
des
auto
req

desel
sv#--

select
sv#--

RETURN

GPS1 4/4
This page applies to the internal GPS and GPS-1000
This page displays a list of satellites that have been deselected by the GPS or requested
deselected by the FMS. You should verify that individual satellites can be deselected and
selected manually by entering the satellite vehicle number in the appropriate filed and then
pushing [ENTER].

34-60-49

Page 558
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

5.

GPS/WAAS Checkout
NOTE: In a single FMS installation interfaced with an LP/LPV monitor, skip tests which
require using FMS #2.

A.

B.

FMS Power On Self-Test - Initialization and LPV Annunciation Test


(1)

Test Preparation

(2)

Apply aircraft power to the FMS and sensor(s) systems.

(3)

Power up and initialize both FMSs.

(4)

Confirm that installed LOS annunciators are lit momentarily.

(5)

Verify both FMSs pass all items on the self-test page.

(6)

Verify the displayed position matches the aircraft location.

(7)

Accept the position on FMS #1 and FMS #2 and verify that the reverse video I
disappears on both FMSs for SYNC operation.

(8)

Verify both FMSs have the current database.

(9)

On DATA 3/4 page verify that the FMS positions on each unit correspond to the
aircraft location and is consistent with the sensor positions and with the other FMS
position.

(10)

Verify all data on DATA 2/4 page is accurate and reflects the configuration and
sensors installed.

GPS/WAAS Sensor Evaluation


NOTE: At times it may take up to 30 minutes to acquire a valid almanac from the satellites
present.
(1)

Display DATA 2/4 page on FMS #1. Verify Onside WAAS displays an EPU value,
Offside displays Nav mode.

(2)

On FMS #1 deselect WAAS #1. Verify Offside WAAS displays an EPU value.

(3)

Reselect WAAS #1. On Offside FMS, verify WAAS displays Nav mode.

(4)

Display DATA 2/4 page on FMS #2. Verify Onside WAAS displays an EPU value.

(5)

On FMS #2, deselect WAAS #2. Verify Offside WAAS #1displays an EPU value.

(6)

Reselect WAAS #2. Verify Onside WAAS displays an EPU value.

34-60-49

Page 559
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

WAAS Flight Plan with LPV Approach


NOTE: A list of WAAS Channel IDs may be obtained from the following web site:
http://gps.faa.gov.
(1)

With a destination airport in the flight plan, select FPL-MENU-ARRIVE and enter
the data on the page as normal to add the RNAV approach. Make selections as
prompted.

(2)

With a destination airport in the flight plan, select FPL-MENU-ARRIVE and enter
the WAAS Channel ID in the Airport ID field.

(3)

With the destination airport in the flight plan, select FPL-MENU-ARRIVE and enter
the WAAS Channel ID for another airport.

(4)

Verify that the choice selections are correct for the airport and that the flight plan is
properly displayed after approach selection. Verify the WAAS Channel ID is correct
and matches the printed chart. Verify that the Path ID is correct.
NOTE: WAAS Channel ID is not available if there is no FASDB.

(5)

Verify that the Flight Plan is modified, adding the approach chosen by the WAAS
Channel ID and that it is correct and reasonable.

(6)

Verify that the field blanks until an acceptable WAAS channel or airport line number
is entered.

(7)

Verify that the approach navigation source selected for the approach is positively
indicated in the normal field of view at each pilot station.

(8)

Verify that the flight plan data is synchronized to the offside.

34-60-49

Page 560
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


D.

CDU Display of RNP/ANP


(1)

E.

Observe the RNP/ANP on CDU NAV 1/1 page.

GPS/WAAS Dynamic Test


Whenever any WAAS Critical Configuration Data is changed (FMS Transmit Bus, Analog
Bus (DEVs) or the Cross-Channel Monitor), this test verifies that the WAAS subsystem has
the appropriate scale factors, timing and other requirements for the WAAS critical guidance
parameters and that the state of the Cross-Channel monitoring is as desired.
NOTE: When the WAAS system is configured with UASC EFI-890R displays, a flight plan
must be entered and linked to the navigation legs prior to running GPS/WAAS
Dynamic Test.
(1)

Open MAINT 1/1 page by selecting MAINT from DATA 1/4 page.
DATA 1/4
NAV DATA
PILOT DATA

DISK

CABIN DISP
MFD DISP

MSTR XFILL

HOLD POS

MAINT

MAINT 1/1
CONFIG
WAAS
STATIC TEST
DYNAMIC TEST
S/W VERS

(2)

RETURN

Select WAAS LSK [2L] test.


WAAS 1/1
WAAS GUIDANCE BUS
ANTENNA CONFIRM
RESET GG12W ALMANAC
RESET GG12W EPHEMERIS
RETURN

34-60-49

Page 561
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(3)

Select WAAS GUIDANCE BUS LSK [1L] to display the GUIDANCE BUS
STATUS page.
GUIDANCE BUS STATUS
waas
onside
UNCONFIRMED
xc-monitor
ENABLED

offside
UNCONFIRMED

DYNAMIC TEST
RETURN

(4)

Select DYNAMIC TEST LSK [4R] to run the WAAS Dynamic Tests which will
confirm any WAAS critical configuration data changes.

(5)

The FMS will indicate to the WAAS Subsystem to begin the Dynamic Test and
display the progress of this test on the DYNAMIC TEST page as illustrated in the
following:

(6)

Observe the aircraft displays and/or indicators verifying that the displays match the
indication from the FMS.
DYNAMIC TESTS
waas

IN PROGRESS
RIGHT UP

CANCEL

Test Output

Test Duration

RIGHT UP

10 seconds

HOLD

5 Seconds

CTR XTK

10 seconds

CTR VDEV

10 seconds

LEFT-DOWN

10 seconds

HOLD

5 Seconds

CENTER

10 seconds

FLAG VERT

5 Seconds

FLAG LAT

5 Seconds

LPV LIGHT ON

5 Seconds

LPV LIGHT OFF

5 Seconds

X-C MONITOR

5 Seconds

TEST COMPLETE

End of Test

FMS #1

34-60-49

FMS #2

Page 562
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(7)

When the WAAS subsystem completes the Dynamic Tests successfully and the FMS
displays TEST COMPLETED message, a Confirmation Code and entry field are
displayed as illustrated in the following:
NOTE: If the Dynamic Test fails, the WAAS Subsystem will exit the test and the
FMS will display TEST FAILED. LP and LPV will then be inhibited. The
WAAS configuration and/or aircraft wiring must be re-verified.
DYNAMIC TESTS
waas
TEST COMPLETED
confirm code
1234
enter confirm code

CONFIRM

(8)

RETURN

Enter the alphanumeric equivalent value (i.e. ONETWOTHREEFOUR) for each of


the four numerical values of the displayed CONFIRM CODE (with leading zeros, if
any, no spaces, no decimals), press ENTER. Press the CONFIRM key LSK [5L] to
send data to the WAAS Subsystem.
NOTE: This confirmation applies to the Onside FMS only.
DYNAMIC TESTS
waas
TEST COMPLETED
confirm code
1234
enter confirm code
ONETWOTHREEFOUR
CONFIRM

RETURN

(9)

The WAAS subsystem(s) (both Onside and Offside ) verify the result for both the
Onside/Offside configurations and report the status back to the FMS.

(10)

The FMS displays the WAAS GUIDANCE BUS STATUS page displaying the status
of both the Onside and Offside systems.
NOTE: If the Offside is still unconfirmed, run the Guidance Bus Test on the other
FMS to enable LPV.
GUIDANCE BUS STATUS
waas
onside
CONFIRMED
xc-monitor
ENABLED

offside
UNCONFIRMED

DYNAMIC TEST
RETURN

34-60-49

Page 563
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


F.

WAAS Antenna Offsets Test


This test must be run whenever the WAAS Antenna Offsets are changed.
(1)

Open MAINT 1/1 page by selecting MAINT from DATA 1/4 page.
DATA 1/4
NAV DATA
PILOT DATA

DISK

CABIN DISP
MFD DISP

MSTR XFILL

HOLD POS

MAINT

MAINT 1/1
CONFIG
WAAS
STATIC TEST
DYNAMIC TEST
S/W VERS

(2)

RETURN

Select WAAS LSK [2L] test.


WAAS 1/1
WAAS GUIDANCE BUS
ANTENNA CONFIRM
RESET GG12W ALMANAC
RESET GG12W EPHEMERIS
RETURN

(3)

Select ANTENNA CONFIRM LSK [2L] to display the ANTENNA CONFIRM page.
The FMS displays the Antenna Offsets, confirmed or unconfirmed, for both onside
and offside as received from the WAAS Subsystem.
ANTENNA 1/2
onside
waas
UNCOMFIRMED
x+.m
x+.m
x+.m

STANDARD

RETURN

34-60-49

Page 564
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(4)

Enter the alphanumeric equivalent value (i.e. ONETWOTHREE) for each of the
numerical values of the Onside displayed antenna offsets, including the sign and
leading/trailing zeros (no spaces or decimals). The P and M keys are used to
represent plus/minus respectively. The ENTER key is used to advance the cursor to
the next field.

(5)

When the last string has been entered, the ENTER key causes the data to be sent to
the WAAS Subsytem.

(6)

Press NEXT LSK [5L] to display ANTENNA 2/2 confirm page.


ANTENNA 2/2
offside
waas
UNCOMFIRMED
CONFIRM
x+.m
PZEROTHREEZERO
x+.m
PZEROZEROEIGHT
x+.m
MZEROTWOFIVE
PREV

(7)

RETURN

Enter the Offside confirmation data.


ANTENNA 2/2
offside
waas
UNCOMFIRMED
CONFIRM
x+.m
PZEROTHREEZERO
x+.m
PZEROZEROEIGHT
x+.m
MZEROTWOFIVE
PREV

RETURN

(8)

Press CONFIRM LSK [1R], this sends the Onside and Offside data to the WAAS
Subsystem for confirmation.

(9)

The WAAS Subsystem determines that the data is valid, confirms the data and the
FMS displays that both the Onside and Offside Antenna data pages as confirmed by
the WAAS Subsystem.

(10)

The WAAS Subsystem cross-compares these Antenna Offsets with what it receives
from the Offside FMS. The WAAS Subsystem determines that both Antenna Offsets
match with the other WAAS Subsystem is transmitting. The WAAS Subsystem then
sets both Onside and Offside data to Confirmed and the WAAS CONFIG
UNCONFIRMED message is removed from the FMS.

ANTENNA 1/2
onside
waas
COMFIRMED
x+.m

ANTENNA 2/2
offside
waas
COMFIRMED
x+.m

x+.m

x+.m

x+.m

x+.m

NEXT

RETURN

PREV

34-60-49

RETURN

Page 565
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

6.

Troubleshooting
When an FMS fails any of the tests in the checkout section, troubleshoot it per the procedures
below.
Troubleshooting instructions are provided in the following three-column table, in which the
first column lists equipment symptoms or describes the portion of the checkout procedure
that the unit did not pass. These Malfunction/Symptoms are listed in approximately the same
sequence as the checkout procedures. The second column lists probable causes. The third
column describes the corrective action(s) for the malfunction.
After performing the listed corrective action, repeat the failed test to ensure that the problem
has been corrected. Then complete the checkout procedure from the point where it was
interrupted. Should the corrective action affect tests already passed, perform those tests
again.
Where more than one corrective action is listed, the first action listed is the most probable
repair that will correct the malfunction. However, when replacement of a major component
such as the FMS is recommended, it is permissible to replace individual circuit boards
instead if personnel are authorized by Universal Avionics Systems Corporation to do so. If
there is more than one corrective action listed and performing the first action does not correct
the problem, perform the next action listed.
NOTE: Ensure that you have eliminated all other potential causes of trouble before
returning the FMS, 5-Inch FPCDU or other major component for repair. Verify that
the installation wiring is correct. Determine whether the correct input and output
voltages are present. Verify that the required ARINC labels are present on the data
busses.

34-60-49

Page 566
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


A.

Self-Test
TROUBLE

PROBABLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

The Self-Test Page displays a


FAIL next to one or more of the
items but after a short time, the
Self-Test Page is replaced by the
Initialization Page.

May indicate fault in Self-Test.

Push [MSG] to display failure


information, troubleshoot indicated
fault.

The Self-Test Page displays a


FAIL but is not replaced by the
Initialization Page.

FMS is defective.

Replace the FMS.

CDU MSG indicator does not


illuminate.

CDU is defective.

Replace the CDU.

One or more of the annunciators


does not illuminate during self-test.

The annunciator is defective.

Troubleshoot annunciator per


manufacturers instructions.

CRT brightness does not respond


properly to dimming feature.

CDU is defective.

Replace the CDU.

Keyboard brightness cannot be


controlled by the radio lighting.

1. Fault in radio lighting circuit.


2. CDU is defective.

1. Repair radio lighting circuit.


2. Replace FMS.

Software is not the correct version.

FMS has the wrong software


program.

Reconfigure or upgrade software.

DEXP is out of date.

1. System date or time is wrong.


2. Wrong database.

1. Enter the correct date and time


on Initialization page.
2. Update database per Operators
Manual.

34-60-49

Page 567
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


B.

System Failure Messages


During normal FMS operations, numerous background tests are run continuously to assure
normal operations. Should failures occur, the FMS system will notify the operator with a
flashing message light on the panel or on the associated EFIS display. Pressing the MSG key
will display a message with information about the failure detected. Many failures can be a
result of problems other than the FMS systems components. The following table lists failure
messages that can be displayed by the FMS, their meanings and possible causes / remedies to
assist the maintenance technician with troubleshooting pilot reported failure messages. This
table lists only failure messages, not normal system status messages that are not indicative of
component failures.
Refer to the applicable Operators Manual for a complete listing of messages.
System Failure Messages
Failure Message

400 Hz REF FAIL

Probable Cause
1. No power to circuit.
2. 400 Hz AC power has failed.
3. Wiring faults.
4. Defective FMS.

Action/Correction
1. Check/reset 26 VAC circuit
breaker(s).
2. 26 VAC voltage/frequency out of
tolerance.
3. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
4. Replace FMS.

ABNORMAL CKLIST DB FAIL

The abnormal checklist database


has failed. (Only with Collins Pro
Line 4 800 configuration)

Reload checklist database.

A/D CODE #

Analog/Digital board failed selftest.

Replace FMS.

A/D HEADING FAIL

1. Present system heading source,


A/D (synchro analog-to-digital),
has failed.
2. Wiring faults.
3. Defective FMC.

1. Check heading source to FMS,


switch sources/reset system as
required.
2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace FMS.

ADC INPUT FAIL

1. An Air Data Computer (ADC)


failure is detected.

1. Check circuit breakers for Air


Data Computer/ACU if installed.
Select alternate sources if
available.
2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace FMS.

2. Wiring faults.
3. Defective FMS.
AFIS ARINC FAILURE

The FMS has determined that a


failure is present on the AFIS
ARINC bus.

Troubleshoot bus and AFIS and


repair.

AFIS VHF MODEM FAILURE

The VHF modem in the AFIS DMU


has failed

Replace AFIS DMU.

AHRS # HEADING FAIL

AHRS Heading has failed while in


use as the FMS heading source.

Troubleshoot AHRS and repair.

AHRS # INPUT FAIL

The AHRS input has failed or its


status word indicates failure.

Troubleshoot AHRS and repair.

AIRPORT DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been found in the


airport section of the standard
database.

Reload Navigation Database


diskettes.

34-60-49

Page 568
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

AIRWAY DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the Airways database.

Reload Navigation Database.

ALIGN PT DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the Align Points database.

Reload pilot database diskette.

ALTITUDE INVALID

1. The altitude portion of the Air


Data Computer is unusable.
2. Wiring faults.
3. Defective FMS.

1. Check circuit breakers/status of


Air Data Computer/ACU if
installed.
2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace FMS.

ANALOG BOARD FAIL

Faults on analog data outputs from


FMS.

Replace analog board.

ANALOG INST FAIL

1. No power to circuit.

3. Wiring faults.
4. Defective FMS.

1. Check/reset 26 VAC circuit


breaker(s).
2. 26 VAC voltage/frequency out of
tolerance.
3. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
4. Replace FMS.

APC INPUT FAIL

Aircraft performance computer


(APC) is configured, but no signal
has been received for three
seconds. (RC-135 Aircraft only)

1. Check circuit breakers/status of


APC.
2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace FMS.

APPROACH DATABASE FAIL

A failure has been detected in the


approach database.

Reload navigation database.

ARPT COMS DATABASE FAIL

A failure has been detected in the


communications section of the
database.

Reload navigation database.

ARPT NAME DATABASE FAIL

A failure has been detected in the


geographical airport names
database.

Reload navigation database.

ARINC # FAIL

1. Faults in wiring from/to FMS


ARINC inputs/outputs.
2. Defective FMS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

1. Faults on Roll Steering, CSDB


or Fuel Flow wiring.
2. Defective FMS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

BACKUP DATABASE FAIL

A fault in the Database software.

Reload FMS Software.

CKLST DATABASES FAIL

All checklist databases have


hailed.

Reload checklist database.

CLOCK TIMER FAIL

The clock timer on the CPU board


has failed self-test.

Replace CPU board.

COMP ARPTS DATABASE FAIL

The Company Airport database


has failed error checking.

1. Reload the Company Airports


database.
2. Replace FMS.

COMP ROUTE DATABASE FAIL

The Company Routes database


has failed error checking.

1. Reload the Company Routes


database.
2. Replace FMS.

2. 400 Hz (AC) power has failed.

AUXILIARY BOARD FAIL

2. Replace FMS.

2. Replace FMS.

34-60-49

Page 569
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

COMP WPTS DATABASE FAIL

The Company Waypoints


database has failed error
checking.

1. Reload the Company Waypoints


database.
2. Replace FMS.

CONFIG DATA FAILED

1. Wiring faults on configuration


module.
2. Defective configuration module

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

3. Defective FMS.
CONFIG MODULE FAILED

1. Wiring faults on configuration


module.
2. Defective configuration module
3. Defective FMS.

2. Troubleshoot configuration
module.
3. Replace FMS.
1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
2. Troubleshoot configuration
module.
3. Replace FMS.

CONFIG UPDATE REQUIRED

Configuration module and FMS


configuration data has failed
requiring the FMS to be configured
for installation.

Reconfigure module to correct


settings.

CREW CKLIST DATABASE FAIL

The crew notes database has


failed.

Reload checklist database.

CROSSFILL FAIL: BAD DATA


(Dual or triple installations only)

1. Wiring faults in crossfill data


lines between FMS systems.
2. Defective FMS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

1. Wiring faults in crossfill data


lines between FMS systems.
2. Defective FMS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

DATABASE EXPIRED

The current date is past the Nav


Database expiration date.

Load current Nav Database


diskettes.

DATABASE FAIL

A part or the entire navigation


database has failed.

Reload Nav Database diskettes.

DEMONSTRATION MODE

The aircraft identification is


configured as DEMO and sensor
data is simulated internally.

Reconfigure system to normal


mode before flight.

DISCRETE I/O FAIL

1. Faults on wiring to FMS discrete


input/output wiring.
2. Defective FMS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

DOPPLER FAIL

Doppler is selected and has failed.

Check status of Doppler sensor


and wiring.

EFIS #n SEL HDG FAIL

The FMS has detected that the


CSDB bus from the MPU has gone
inactive or failed. The bus would
have had to be active for this
message to be displayed.

1. Verify the MPU/MFD is


operational.
2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
3. Replace FMS.

COMP WPTS DATABASE FAIL

The Company Waypoints


database has failed error
checking.

1. Reload the Company Waypoints


database.
2. Replace FMS.

EMERGENCY CKLIST
DATABASE FAIL

The emergency checklist database


has failed.

Reload checklist database.

CROSSFILL FAIL: BUS


(Dual or triple installations only)

2. Replace FMS.

2. Replace FMS.

2. Replace FMS.

34-60-49

Page 570
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

ENROUTES COMS DATABASE


FAIL

A failure has been detected in the


enroute communications section of
the database.

Reload navigation database.

ENROUTES DATABASE FAIL

The Navigation Database


containing enroute intersections
has failed.

Reload Nav Database diskettes.

ERP # FAIL

The EFIS radar panel (ERP)


associated with this FMS has
failed.

Replace the failed ERP.

FMC BATTERY LOW

Defective FMS.

Replace FMS.

FMS DATALINK QUEUE FULL

Datalink messages are not being


sent resulting in a full message
queue.

Troubleshoot and repair Datalink


system.

FMS NETWORK COMM FAIL

The FMS internally programmed


Ethernet address has failed. There
is no communication with the DTU.

Replace FMS.

FMS PART NUMBER MISMATCH

The FMS installed has a different


part number than the configuration
stored.

Verify correct part number FMS is


installed. Reconfigure as required.

FUELFLOW FAIL

1. Defective fuel flow input source.


This will be indicated if engine is
shut down or flow signal is lost for
four minutes.
2. Faults on fuel flow wiring.

1. Troubleshoot and repair fuel


flow input source if necessary.

FUEL FLOW SELF TEST FAIL

1. Faults on fuel flow input ports.


2. Defective FMS.

1. Verify configuration is correct.


2. Replace FMS.

GLS # CONFIG MODULE FAIL

The GLS #n configuration module


has failed.

1. Troubleshoot configuration
module wiring.
2. Replace configuration module.

GLS # FAIL

The GPS Landing System LRU


has failed

Troubleshoot and repair the GLS.

GLS # VDL FAIL

The VHF data link board internal to


the GLS LRU has failed.

Troubleshoot the GLS.

GNSS # FAIL

1. Defective or inoperative GNSS


sensor.
2. Wiring faults on GNSS input to
FMS.

1. Check status of GNSS sensor.

1. Defective or inoperative GPIRS


sensor.
2. Wiring faults on GPIRS input to
FMS.

1. Check status of GPIRS sensor.

GPIR # FAILED

2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.

2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.

2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.

34-60-49

Page 571
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message
GPS # FAILED

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

1. GPS position data is missing or


invalid or the status label indicates
a FAIL status exists.
2. GPS antenna coax is damaged
or disconnected.

1. Check status of GPS sensor on


DATA pages.

3. Wiring faults on GPS


input/output wiring.
4. Defective GPS sensor.
HEADING REF FAIL

1. No power to circuit.

2. Check condition of GPS


antenna/coax and repair as
required.
3. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
4. Replace GPS sensor. If GPS is
internal to the FMS, replace FMS.

3. Wiring faults.
4. Defective FMS.

1. Check/reset 26 VAC circuit


breaker(s).
2. 26 VAC voltage/frequency out of
tolerance.
3. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.
4. Replace FMS.

IC600L HEADING FAIL

The left heading source has failed


(Honeywell Primus 1000 only)

Troubleshoot and repair the left


heading source.

IC600R HEADING FAIL

The right heading source has


failed (Honeywell Primus 1000
only).

1. Troubleshoot and repair the


right heading source.
2. Replace FMS

IC600-L BUS FAIL

The left IC600 bus has failed


(Honeywell Primus 1000 only).

1. Troubleshoot and repair the


Primus 1000 system.
2. Replace the FMS.

IC600-R BUS FAIL

The right IC600 bus has failed


(Honeywell Primus 1000 only).

1. Troubleshoot and repair the


Primus 1000 system.
2. Replace the FMS.

INVALID ARINC VERSION

Two ARINC boards, which do not


have the same software version
numbers, are installed in the FMS.

Replace the FMS.

INVALID CONFIGURATION

FMS configuration data is


incorrect.

Reconfigure module to correct


settings.

INVALID FUEL CONFIG

The fuel flow sensor configuration


is invalid or incomplete.

Reconfigure to correct settings.

IRS # FAIL

1. An inertial reference system


failure is detected.
2. Faults in input wiring to the
FMS.

1. Check status of the IRS system.


Repair or replace IRS as required.
2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.

The system heading source has


failed.

1. Check status of the IRS system.


Repair or replace IRS as required.

2. 400 Hz (AC) power has failed.

IRS # HEADING FAIL

2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.

34-60-49

Page 572
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message
LCS FAIL #

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

1. The message displayed where #


is the failure code for the type
failure the LCS has detected as
follows:
1 = LCS Program
Checksum fail.
2 = LCS ARINC Self Test
Fail.
3 = LCS Memory Test Fail
9 = LCS not
communicating with the FMS.
2. Wiring faults in input wiring to
the FMS.

1. Check status of the LCS sensor.

2. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.

LEFT IOC -FAIL

The left input/output concentrator


(onside or offside) has failed.

Replace the failed IOC.

MEMORY BANK # FAIL

The internal memory bank has


failed error checking.

Replace the FMS.

MOT WPT MEMORY FAIL

The Mark On Target waypoint


memory section has failed power
up and self-test.

Replace the FMS.

NAV DATABASES FAILED

All of the navigation databases


have failed.

Reload navigation database.

NDB DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been found in the


NDB database.

Reload navigation database.

NDB NAME DATABASE FAIL

An error was detected in the NDB


plain language name database.

Reload navigation database.

NEW MAINT LOG EXISTS

This message is displayed one


minute after landing when any
diagnostic history event has been
recorded during the previous flight.

Download maintenance log to a


blank DOS formatted diskette and
view with ASCII text editor for
analysis.

NONVOLATILE MEMORY FAIL

1. The nonvolatile memory has


failed the power up test due to
voltage transients corrupting
system RAM.

1. Recycle power to FMS to


attempt to clear. Pilot,
performance and checklist
databases will likely be lost and
have to be reloaded as required.
2. Replace FMS.

2. Defective FMS.
NORMAL CKLIST DATABASE
FAIL

The normal checklist database has


failed (only with Collins Pro Line 4
interface).

Reload checklist database as


required.

OFFSIDE FLAP POS FAILED

The offside flap position input to


the Primus 1000 has failed (LR45
only).

Troubleshoot and repair the flap


position input to the Primus 1000.

ONSIDE FLAP POS FAILED

The onside flap position input to


the Primus 1000 has failed (LR45
only).

Troubleshoot and repair the flap


position input to the Primus 1000.

34-60-49

Page 573
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

OTHER FMS HEADING FAILED


(dual or triple FMS installations
only)

The FMS is using heading from


the other FMS and that heading
has failed.

Troubleshoot and repair heading


input sources to specified FMS.

PERF DATABASE FAILED

The performance database has


failed.

Reload performance database.

PERF DB ID MISMATCH

The performance database ID


entered on the configuration pages
does not agree with the
performance database ID on the
disk that is loaded.

Reload correct performance


database or reconfigure ID code in
configuration module to correct
data.

PILOT APPR DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the pilot defined approach
database.

Reload pilot database.

PILOT ARPT DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the pilot defined airport database.

Reload pilot database.

PILOT DATABASES FAILED

The database of all pilot defined


locations has failed.

Reload pilot database.

PILOT RNWY DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the pilot defined runway database.

Reload pilot database.

PILOT ROUTE DATABASE


FAILED

The database of pilot defined


routes has failed.

Reload pilot database.

PILOT SID DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the pilot defined SID database.

Reload pilot database.

PILOT STAR DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the pilot defined STAR database.

Reload pilot database.

PILOT WPT DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been detected in


the pilot defined waypoint
database.

Reload pilot database.

n VOLT PWER SUPPLY # FAIL


(n = 3 VDC, 5 VDC, +8 VDC or
8VDC)

1. Wiring faults on configuration


module.
2. DTU wiring faults.
3. Defective FMS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

PROGRAM CHECK FAIL

A fault in the FMS Software.

Reload the FMS Software.

PRO LINE 21-L BUS FAIL

The left PL-21 bus has failed or is


invalid (Collins Pro Line 21 EFIS
only).

1. Troubleshoot and repair the Pro


Line 21 system
2. Replace the FMS.

PRO LINE 21-R BUS FAIL

The right PL-21 bus has failed or is


invalid (Collins Pro Line 21 EFIS
only).

1. Troubleshoot and repair the Pro


Line 21 system
2. Replace the FMS.

RCU # FAIL

1. Wiring faults in RCU to FMS


interface.
2. Defective RCU.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

RIGHT IOC-FAIL

The right input/output concentrator


(onside or offside) has failed.

Replace the failed IOC.

ROUTES FAIL

The route database has failed.

Reload pilot database.

2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.


3. Replace FMS.

2. Replace RCU.

34-60-49

Page 574
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

RRS DATA BUS FAIL

1. Wiring faults in RRS interface.


2. Defective RRS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.


2. Replace RRS.

RRS (DME, TACAN, VOR) SELF


TEST FAIL

1. Wiring faults in RRS interface.


2. Defective RRS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.


2. Replace RRS.

RRS TUNE BUS FAIL

1. Faults in tune data wiring from


FMS to RRS.
2. Defective RRS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

1. Faults in tune data wiring from


FMS to RRS.
2. Wiring faults between the RRS
and DME, TACAN, and/or VOR.
3. Defective RRS.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

1. Wiring faults in RTU to FMS


interface.
2. Defective RTU.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

RUNWAY DATABASE FAIL

The runway database has failed.

Reload navigation database.

SBAS DATABASE FAIL

A problem has been found in the


SBAS approach database. The
FMS will limit SBAS Approach to
the LNAV level of service.

Reload navigation database.

SID DATABASE FAIL

The Navigation SID database has


failed.

Reload navigation database.

SOFTWARE CONFIG MISMATCH

The loaded version of software


does not match the Software
Control Number (SCN) stored in
the configuration module.

1. Reconfigure FMS.
2. Replace FMS.

SPCL MISSION MEMORY FAIL

The special missions memory


section has failed power up self
test.

Replace the FMS.

STAR DATABASE FAIL

The Navigation STAR database


has failed.

Reload navigation database.

STEERING FAIL
This failure may be reset by
positioning the cursor over the
ROLL CMD line on DATA page 5
(General Data) and then pushing
[BACK] and then [ENTER].

1. Loss of TAS input to the FMS


from the ADC.
2. Faulty wiring on roll steering
output from FMS.
3. Defective FMS.

1. Check TAS output and repair as


required.
2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

SYNC CONFIG MISMATCH

FMS detects mismatch in one of


the configuration settings (VNAV,
Fuel, Temp Comp, Lateral
Steering, Approach Types,
Heading Select, TGT FPA)

Check configuration of all FMSs.

TACAN FAIL

Defective TACAN unit.

1. Troubleshoot wiring and repair


2. Replace TACAN unit.

RRS (DME, TACAN, VOR) TUNE


FAIL

RTU # FAIL

2. Replace RRS.

2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.


3. Replace RRS.

2. Replace RTU.

3. Replace FMS.

34-60-49

Page 575
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


System Failure Messages
Failure Message
TAS INVALID

Probable Cause
1. Faulty ADC/ACU system.
2. Wiring faults in ADC/TAS input
to FMS.

Action/Correction
1. Check ADC/ACU system and
repair as required.
2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

TAWS FAIL
TERMINALS DATABASE FAIL

The terminal intersection database


has failed error checking. Access
to data is denied.

1. Reload the NAV database.


2. Replace the FMS.

UNILINK FAIL

1. Defective UniLink unit.


2. Defective FMS.

1. Replace UniLink unit.


2. Replace FMS.

VHF NAME DATABASE FAIL

The navigation VHF plain


language name database has
failed

Reload navigation database.

VHF NAVAID DATABASE FAIL

The navigation navaid database


has failed.

Reload navigation database.

VOR TUNE FAIL

AN ARINC VOR has not tuned the


selected frequency.

1. Attempt to tune another VOR


station.
2. Troubleshoot and repair the
ARINC VOR.
3. Replace the FMS.

WAAS # FAIL

A failure has been determined for


the indicated WAAS

1. Check FMS and repair as


required.
2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

WAAS/ANALOG FAIL

Self-test for WAAS/Analog board


has failed.

1. If initial installation, troubleshoot


wiring to Level of Service
annunciators.
2. Replace FMS.

WAAS/ARINC FAIL
(WAAS) UNCONFIRMED
GUIDANCE

Self-test for WAAS/ARAINC board


has failed.
New or changed critical guidance
information.

(WAAS) UNCONFIRMED
GUIDANCE MONITOR

New or changed critical guidance


monitor information.

XFILL CONFIG MISMATCH

Crossfill data has been sent to and


FMS that is not configured to
receive this data. This message
alerts the operator that crossfill
data was sent but not accepted.

Replace FMS.
Run WAAS Dynamic Test to enter
the confirmation code for the
guidance information.
Run WAAS Dynamic Test to enter
the confirmation code for the
guidance monitor information.
Verify FMS configuration.

34-60-49

Page 576
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


C.

Database Update Error Messages


The system provides notification of errors that occur during the database update process
which prevent successful completion of the database load procedure.
The system provides notification of errors that occur during the database update process
which prevent successful completion of the database load procedure. The use of the term
DTU is used to reference the DTU, DTU-100 or SSDTU and the use of the terms DISK
displayed on the FMS and data storage device are used to reference floppy disk, Zip disk,
USB or Secure Digital data storage devices.
Database Update Error Messages
Trouble

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

COMMUNICATION ERROR:
DTU STOPPED RESPONDING

1. DTU power interrupted.


2. DTU wiring faults.
3. Defective DTU

1. Restore power to DTU.


2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace DTU.

COMMUNICATION ERROR:
FMS AND DTU ARE OUT OF
SYNC

1. DTU power interrupted.


2. DTU wiring faults.
3. Defective DTU

1. Restore power to DTU.


2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace DTU.

COMMUNICATION ERROR:
OPERATION ABORTED BY DTU

1. DTU power interrupted.


2. DTU wiring faults.
3. Defective DTU

1. Restore power to DTU.


2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace DTU.

COMMUNICATION ERROR:
UNRECOVERABLE ERRORS IN
TRANSFERRED DATA

1. DTU power interrupted.


2. DTU wiring faults.
3. Defective DTU

1. Restore power to DTU.


2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace DTU.

COULD NOT LOAD ALL


DATABASES TOO LARGE FOR
AVAILABLE MEMORY

Attempting to load incorrect


database.

Obtain and load correct database.

DISK FORMAT ERROR

1. Bad data storage device.


2. DTU wiring faults.
3. Defective DTU.

1. Replace data storage device.


2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.
3. Replace DTU.

DISK IS FULL

An attempt is made to write flight


data to the data storage device and
there is not enough free space
available.

Insert a blank formatted data


storage device.

DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED

The DTU detects that the data


storage device is write protected.

Reset the write protect device on


the data storage device.

DISK MUST BE EMPTY USE


ANOTHER DISK OR PUSH
FORMAT DISK ON DISK MENU
TO DELETE ALL FILES ON THIS
DISK

An attempt is made to do a Pilot


Database Save and the data
storage device already contains at
least one DOS file.

Use blank formatted data storage


device to perform pilot database
save function.

DISK READ OR WRITE ERROR

1. Bad data storage device


2. Electrical noise on DTU data
lines.
3. Defective DTU.

1. Replace data storage device.


2. Troubleshoot wiring and repair.

1. DTU is not connected.

1. Check DTU connections and


repair as required.
2. Turn on the DTU and wait until it
has finished self-test.
3. Replace DTU.

DTU NOT DETECTED

2. DTU is not turned on and


finished with self-test.
3. Defective DTU.

3. Replace DTU.

34-60-49

Page 577
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


Database Update Error Messages
Trouble

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

EMPTY DISK OR NON-FMS DISK

The data storage device does not


contain a header file.

Use correct data storage device.

INVALID DATA ON DISK

Faulty or incorrect data storage


device.

Use correct data storage device.

INVALID DISK VERSION

1. The disk version field in the


header does not agree with the
FMS SCN.
2. Faulty or incorrect data storage
device.

1. Verify that FMS configuration


shows correct SCN.

LOAD CANCELLED BY
ANOTHER FMS

1. Errors in loading.
2. Defective FMS.

1. Cancel and restart load.


2. Replace FMS.

LOAD CANCELLED

1. Errors in loading.
2. Defective FMS.

1. Cancel and restart load.


2. Replace FMS.

MISSING OR UNFORMATTED
DISK

1. No data storage device in DTU

1. Use correct data storage


device.
2. If appropriate format the
diskette or use correct diskette.

2. Incorrect type data storage


device or is not DOS formatted to
correct data size.

2. Use correct data storage


device.

MUST FIRST UPDATE NAV


DATABASE BEFORE THIS
EXTENDED OR COMPANY
ROUTE DATABASE CAN BE
LOADED

An attempt is made to load a NAV


extended database before the NAV
standard database of the same
cycle is loaded.

Load the NAV standard database


first and then load the NAV
extended database.

MUST FIRST UPDATE NAV


DATBASE BEFORE THIS PLT
DATABASE CAN BE LOADED

An attempt is made to load a pilot


database that is more recent than
the one currently stored.

Update the FMS to the same


navigation database cycle used to
create the pilot database. Then
load the pilot database.

POWER FAIL

A power failure has interrupted the


operation.

Reset power and restart the load


as required.

D.

Configuration Verification
Trouble

Data value fails to match the


corresponding data value on the
Aircraft Configuration Data Sheets.

Probable Cause
1. Configuration Module is
programmed incorrectly.
2. Mount rack or FMS connector
pins, insulation or wiring is
defective.
3. FMS is defective.

Action/Correction
1. Reprogram per System Data
Installation section in this manual.
2. Determine fault and replace.
3. Replace FMS.

34-60-49

Page 578
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


E.

FMS Self-Test Output Checkout


Trouble

HSI does not show required


output.

Probable Cause
1. Configuration is incorrect.
2. FMS to HSI wiring is incorrect
3. HSI is defective.
4. FMS is defective.

Flight director does not command


10 degree right bank.

F.

1. FMS to autopilot/flight director is


incorrect.
2. Flight director is defective.
3. FMS is defective.

HSI does not show required


output.

Probable Cause
1. Configuration is incorrect.
2. FMS to HSI wiring is incorrect.
3. HSI is defective
4. FMS is defective.

DIST is not counting down or GS


(Ground Speed) is not approx. 150
knots.

2. Replace the flight director.


3. Replace FMS.

Action/Correction
1. Reprogram.
2. Check and correct wiring (see
Troubleshooting Synchro: Wiring
to Receiver).
3. Replace HSI.
4. Replace FMS.

Probable Cause
FMS is defective.

Action/Correction
Replace the FMS.

HSI From Checkout


Trouble

HSI does not show FROM


indication.

I.

1. Rewire correctly.

DIST/GS Checkout
Trouble

H.

1. Reprogram.
2. Check and correct wiring (see
Troubleshooting Synchro: Wiring
to Receiver).
3. Replace HSI.
4. Replace FMS.

FMS Output to HSI Checkout


Trouble

G.

Action/Correction

Probable Cause
1. HSI is defective.
2. FMS is defective.

Action/Correction
1. Replace HSI.
2. Replace FMS.

DIST/BRG Checkout
Trouble

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

CDU does not show correct


distance or bearing.

1. Fault in wiring.
2. CDU is defective.
3. FMS is defective

1. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.


2. Replace CDU.
3. Replace FMS.

HSI does not show above values.

1. Fault in wiring.
2. HSI is defective.
3. FMS is defective

1. Troubleshoot and repair wiring.


2. Replace HSI.
3. Replace FMS.

Multifunction display (MFD) does


not show correct display.

1. Wiring to MFD is incorrect.


2. MPU is defective.
3. MFD is defective.

1. Check and correct.


2. Replace the MPU.
3. Replace the MFD.

4. FMS is defective.

4. Replace the FMS.

34-60-49

Page 579
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


J.

Roll Steering Checkout


Trouble

Control yoke does not rotate in


specified direction.

FMS HDG panel annunciator does


not illuminate.

K.

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

1. FMS to autopilot/flight director


wiring is reversed.
2. Flight guidance equipment is
defective.
3. FMS is defective.

1. Rewire.

1. Annunciator or its wiring is


defective.
2. FMS is defective

1. Repair as required.

2. Check out and correct.


3. Replace FMS.

2. Replace FMS.

Input of a Selected Crosstrack Checkout


Trouble

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

CDU displays are not as required.

FMS is defective.

Replace FMS.

MFD display is incorrect.

MFD is defective.

Take corrective action.

HSI CDI does not deflect as


required.

1. HSI is defective.
2. FMS is defective.

1. Replace the HSI.


2. Replace the FMS.

L.

DME Checkout
Trouble

DME Sensor Status Page does


not show correct distance to DME.

M.

1. DME sensor or wiring is


defective.
2. FMS is defective

Action/Correction
1. Determine which and correct.
2. Replace FMS.

Winds Display Checkout


Trouble

Winds Display on EHSI does not


agree with that on CDU.

N.

Probable Cause

Probable Cause
1. EHSI drive computer is
defective.
2. FMS is defective.

Action/Correction
1. Replace the EHSI drive
computer.
2. Replace FMS.

Sensor Checkout
(1)

Checkout of Inertial Sensor Status and Heading Displays


Trouble

Probable Cause

Action/Correction

CDU does not show FAILED when


ISS is off.

FMS is defective.

Replace FMS.

CDU does not show ALIGN when


MSU is set to Align.

1. IRS or its wiring is defective.


2. FMS is defective

1. Repair as required.
2. Replace FMS.

CDU does not show NAV when


IRS is in NAV mode.

1. IRS or its wiring is defective.


2. FMS is defective

1. Repair as required.
2. Replace FMS.

CDU HDG IN does not agree with


the reference heading.

IRS is defective.

Replace IRS.

CDU HDG IN does not agree with


the HSI HDG

1. IRS or its wiring is defective.


2. FMS is defective

1. Repair as required.
2. Replace FMS.

34-60-49

Page 580
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual


(2)

Checkout of LORAN C Sensor


Trouble

LCS display does not show


expected values.

Probable Cause
1. Required LORAN station(s) is
off the air.
2. Sensor system is defective.
3. FMS is defective.

(3)

Action/Correction
1. Check station maintenance
chart in Navigation Systems
section, Page 601.
2. Repair the sensor system.
3. Replace FMS.

Checkout of Sensor Lat/Long Coordinates vs. CDU Calculated Position


Trouble

Sensor supplied coordinates do


not agree with CDU calculated
position.

Probable Cause
1. Required VLF station(s) is off
the air.
2. Sensor system is defective.
3. FMS is defective.

Action/Correction
1. Check station maintenance
chart in Navigation Systems
section, Page 601.
2. Repair the sensor system.
3. Replace FMS.

34-60-49

Page 581
21 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Navigation Systems
1.

Scheduled Maintenance Periods of Navigation Systems


Maintenance periods are subject to change. Information about DGPS, GPS and LORAN may
be obtained on the Internet at www.navcen.uscg.gov
Additional information about DGPS, GPS and LORAN is available from:
 703-313-5900
 U.S. Coast Guard Navigation Center
7323 Telegraph Road
Alexandria, VA 22315

A.

DGPS Maintenance Schedules


Differential GPS maintenance schedules are not available.

B.

GPS Maintenance Schedules


The Global Positioning System has no scheduled maintenance that affects the availability of
the system.

C.

LORAN Maintenance Schedules


The LORAN system has no regular schedule for maintenance of its transmitting stations.

34-60-49

Page 601
19 January 2011

UNS-1Ew Flight Management System Installation Manual

Fuel Flow Inputs


1.

Fuel Flow Sensors


The FMS accepts up to four fuel flow inputs directly from the engine fuel flowmeter sensors.
Sensor types which may be operated with the FMS include but are not limited to the
following:
 I.D.C. fuel flow indicators
 Canadian Marconi indicators
 Eldec Flowmeter Transmitters
 Ragen
 X & O Engineering Flowmeter Transmitters
 Gull Airborne
 Ametek fuel flow indicators
 Howell fuel flow indicators
 Simmons Precision transmitters
 General Electric AC voltage pickoff
 Learjet/E.T. Fuel Management Computer (Pulse). All Learjet models require
J.E.T. S.B. #542-1158-7
 Learjet DC Fuel Management
 Intertechnique Totalizer
NOTE: For information on Aircraft Type vs. Fuel Flowmeter Type Reference Chart and
Fuel Flow Scaling, refer to the WAAS FMS Configuration Manual, Report No. 3461-XX (XX refers manual for specific SCN.)
NOTE: For wiring diagrams, pin assignments and other specific information, refer to the
WAAS FMS Interface Manual, Report No. 34-60-53.

34-60-49

Page 701
19 January 2011